GCSE Maths Pythagoras and Trigonometry (Foundation): worked examples and questions with answers
By the end of this chapter you will be able to
- Use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the hypotenuse or a shorter side, and to decide whether a triangle is right-angled
- Solve Pythagoras problems in context, with coordinates, and in isosceles and equilateral triangles
- Label the sides of a right-angled triangle and use sin, cos and tan to find lengths and angles
- Solve problems with angles of elevation and depression and with bearings
- Know and use the exact values of sin, cos and tan for 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 90°
You should already know
- Square numbers and square roots (Chapter 2)
- Rounding to decimal places and significant figures (Chapter 4)
- Rearranging simple equations and formulae (Chapters 8 and 9)
- Angles in a triangle and in an isosceles triangle (Chapter 17)
- Area of a triangle (Chapter 18)
Where this leads
- Bearings, scale drawings and vectors (Chapter 22)
- Trigonometric graphs and functions (Chapter 25, Higher)
- Volume and surface area of cones and pyramids (Chapter 19)
Edexcel GCSE (9–1) Mathematics 1MA1, Foundation tier. Content references: G6, G20, G21, G22, G23.
- 20.1 Pythagoras’ theorem: finding the hypotenuse and a shorter side: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.2 Is it right-angled? Pythagorean triples and problems in context: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.3 Pythagoras with coordinates, isosceles and equilateral triangles: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.4 Trigonometry: finding sides (SOH CAH TOA): Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.5 Trigonometry: finding angles: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.6 Angles of elevation and depression, and bearings: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- 20.7 Exact values of sin, cos and tan: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
- Check-up and exam-style questions: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · lesson page
Exercise P Do you remember?
Non-calculatorMethod. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 72 means 7 × 7.72 = 7 × 7
- Work it out. 7 × 7 = 49
Check. √49 = 7, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 72 is 7 × 7, not 7 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 122 means 12 × 12.122 = 12 × 12
- Work it out. 12 × 12 = 144
Check. √144 = 12, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 122 is 12 × 12, not 12 × 2.
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 81 when multiplied by itself.9 × 9 = 81
- Write the answer. √81 = 9
Check. 92 = 81. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 144 when multiplied by itself.12 × 12 = 144
- Write the answer. √144 = 12
Check. 122 = 144. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Key words. A decimal place (d.p.) is a digit after the decimal point.
Method. To round to a number of decimal places, look at the digit after the last one you keep. If it is 5 or more, round up; if it is 4 or less, leave it.
- Find the last digit to keep. We keep 1 decimal place.7.8102 has 1 decimal place kept, then the next digit is 1.
- Decide: round up or leave? The next digit is 1, which is 4 or less, so leave the last digit as it is.7.8102 = 7.8 (to 1 d.p.)
Check. 7.8 is the closest number with 1 decimal place to 7.8102. ✓
Watch out. Look only at the one digit after the last digit you keep.
Key words. A decimal place (d.p.) is a digit after the decimal point.
Method. To round to a number of decimal places, look at the digit after the last one you keep. If it is 5 or more, round up; if it is 4 or less, leave it.
- Find the last digit to keep. We keep 1 decimal place.12.0467 has 1 decimal place kept, then the next digit is 4.
- Decide: round up or leave? The next digit is 4, which is 4 or less, so leave the last digit as it is.12.0467 = 12.0 (to 1 d.p.)
Check. 12.0 is the closest number with 1 decimal place to 12.0467. ✓
Watch out. Look only at the one digit after the last digit you keep.
Key words. A decimal place (d.p.) is a digit after the decimal point.
Method. To round to a number of decimal places, look at the digit after the last one you keep. If it is 5 or more, round up; if it is 4 or less, leave it.
- Find the last digit to keep. We keep 1 decimal place.0.5736 has 1 decimal place kept, then the next digit is 7.
- Decide: round up or leave? The next digit is 7, which is 5 or more, so round up.0.5736 = 0.6 (to 1 d.p.)
Check. 0.6 is the closest number with 1 decimal place to 0.5736. ✓
Watch out. Look only at the one digit after the last digit you keep.
Key words. To solve an equation means to find the value of the letter that makes it true.
Method. Undo the division by doing the opposite: multiply both sides by 5.
- Write the equation. The letter x is divided by 5.x ÷ 5 = 3.2
- Multiply both sides by 5. Dividing by 5 is undone by multiplying by 5. Do the same to both sides.x = 3.2 × 5 = 16
Check. 16 ÷ 5 = 3.2. ✓
Watch out. Do the same to both sides.
Key words. To solve an equation means to find the value of the letter that makes it true.
Method. The letter is on the bottom. Multiply both sides by x to bring it to the top, then divide.
- Multiply both sides by x. This takes x off the bottom of the fraction.12 = 3 × x
- Divide both sides by 3. This leaves x on its own.x = 12 ÷ 3 = 4
Check. 12 ÷ 4 = 3. ✓
Watch out. When the unknown is on the bottom you end up dividing. This happens a lot in trigonometry.
Key words. The angles inside any triangle add up to 180°. A right angle is 90°.
Method. The angles in a triangle add up to 180°.
- Add the two angles we know. One angle is the right angle, 90°.90° + 35° = 125°
- Subtract from 180°. The third angle is what is left.x = 180° − 125° = 55°
Check. 35° + 55° + 90° = 180°. ✓
Watch out. Check that all three angles add to 180°.
Key words. Area is the space inside a shape, measured in square units.
Method. The area of a triangle is half the base times the height. In a right-angled triangle the two shorter sides are at right angles, so one is the base and the other is the height.
- Write the formula. Area = ½ × base × height.Area = ½ × 10 × 6
- Work it out. Multiply 10 by 6, then halve.10 × 6 = 60, and 60 ÷ 2 = 30 cm2
Check. Two copies of the triangle make a 10 by 6 rectangle of area 60. Half of 60 is 30. ✓
Watch out. Do not forget to halve.
Pythagoras’ theorem: finding the hypotenuse and a shorter side
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
A right-angled triangle has one angle of 90° (a square corner). The longest side of a right-angled triangle is the one opposite the right angle. It has its own name: the hypotenuse. The other two sides are called the shorter sides (or the legs).
More than 2500 years ago, people noticed something special. Draw a square on each side of a right-angled triangle. Then the area of the square on the hypotenuse is exactly equal to the areas of the two other squares added together. In the picture below, the squares on the shorter sides have areas 9 and 16, and 9 + 16 = 25, which is the area of the biggest square.
This is Pythagoras’ theorem. If the shorter sides are a and b and the hypotenuse is c, then
a2 + b2 = c2
Remember from Chapter 2 that a2 means a × a. The theorem only works for right-angled triangles, and c must be the hypotenuse.
Finding the hypotenuse. If you know both shorter sides, square them, add the squares, then take the square root. The square root undoes the squaring, because we want c, not c2.
Finding a shorter side. If you know the hypotenuse and one shorter side, square them, subtract (the hypotenuse square is the big one, so you take the smaller square away), then take the square root.
Why add one time and subtract the other? Because the equation is a2 + b2 = c2. Finding c means working out the right-hand side directly. Finding a means moving b2 to the other side, which turns the plus into a minus.
A calculator gives the square root of a number that is not a perfect square as a long decimal, so we round. Always read the question to see how accurate to be. The Higher tier also needs answers left as a surd (a square root like √40 simplified to 2√10) when the question asks for an exact answer.
Key ideas
- Hypotenuse = the side opposite the right angle = the longest side.
- Pythagoras: a2 + b2 = c2 (c is the hypotenuse).
- Finding the hypotenuse: add the squares, then square root.
- Finding a shorter side: subtract the squares, then square root.
- Check: the hypotenuse must be longer than both shorter sides.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 5 cm and 12 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
52 + 122 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.52 = 5 × 5 = 25
122 = 12 × 12 = 144 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 25 + 144 = 169
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √169 = 13 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 13 is bigger than 5 and 12. Also 52 + 122 = 169 = 132. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 7 cm and 9 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
72 + 92 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.72 = 7 × 7 = 49
92 = 9 × 9 = 81 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 49 + 81 = 130
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √130 = 11.40175……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 11.4 cm
Check. Square the answer: 11.42 = 129.96, which is close to 130. The hypotenuse 11.4 is longer than both 7 and 9. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 17 cm. The other known side = 8 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 82 = 172 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.82 = 8 × 8 = 64
172 = 17 × 17 = 289
x2 + 64 = 289 - Subtract 64 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 64 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 289 − 64 = 225
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √225 = 15 cm
Check. Put it back: 152 + 82 = 225 + 64 = 289 = 172. ✓ And 15 is shorter than the hypotenuse 17.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 9.4 m. The other known side = 6.2 m. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 6.22 = 9.42 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.6.22 = 6.2 × 6.2 = 38.44
9.42 = 9.4 × 9.4 = 88.36
x2 + 38.44 = 88.36 - Subtract 38.44 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 38.44 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 88.36 − 38.44 = 49.92
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √49.92 = 7.06540…
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 7.1 m
Check. Put it back: 7.12 + 6.22 = 50.41 + 38.44 = 88.85, which is close to 9.42 = 88.36. ✓ The answer is shorter than the hypotenuse 9.4.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Watch out
Do not add the two shorter sides and stop, and do not forget the last step. If c2 = 169 the answer is c = 13, not 169. Also, always check that the answer for a shorter side is smaller than the hypotenuse. If it is bigger you added when you should have subtracted.Exercise 20A Pythagoras with whole-number answers
Non-calculatorMethod. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 42 means 4 × 4.42 = 4 × 4
- Work it out. 4 × 4 = 16
Check. √16 = 4, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 42 is 4 × 4, not 4 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 72 means 7 × 7.72 = 7 × 7
- Work it out. 7 × 7 = 49
Check. √49 = 7, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 72 is 7 × 7, not 7 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 92 means 9 × 9.92 = 9 × 9
- Work it out. 9 × 9 = 81
Check. √81 = 9, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 92 is 9 × 9, not 9 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 122 means 12 × 12.122 = 12 × 12
- Work it out. 12 × 12 = 144
Check. √144 = 12, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 122 is 12 × 12, not 12 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 152 means 15 × 15.152 = 15 × 15
- Work it out. 15 × 15 = 225
Check. √225 = 15, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 152 is 15 × 15, not 15 × 2.
Method. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself.
- Write the multiplication. 202 means 20 × 20.202 = 20 × 20
- Work it out. 20 × 20 = 400
Check. √400 = 20, so squaring and square rooting undo each other. ✓
Watch out. 202 is 20 × 20, not 20 × 2.
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 25 when multiplied by itself.5 × 5 = 25
- Write the answer. √25 = 5
Check. 52 = 25. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 49 when multiplied by itself.7 × 7 = 49
- Write the answer. √49 = 7
Check. 72 = 49. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 81 when multiplied by itself.9 × 9 = 81
- Write the answer. √81 = 9
Check. 92 = 81. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 144 when multiplied by itself.12 × 12 = 144
- Write the answer. √144 = 12
Check. 122 = 144. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 169 when multiplied by itself.13 × 13 = 169
- Write the answer. √169 = 13
Check. 132 = 169. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Method. The square root asks: which number multiplied by itself gives this?
- Think of square numbers. We want a number that gives 225 when multiplied by itself.15 × 15 = 225
- Write the answer. √225 = 15
Check. 152 = 225. ✓
Watch out. The square root of 36 is 6, not 18 (that is half of 36).
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle. It does not touch the right angle.
- Find the right angle. The little square marks the 90° angle.The right angle is at P.
- Find the side opposite it. The side opposite a vertex is the one that does not have that letter. The two sides that touch P are PQ and PR.The side that does not touch P is QR.
- Check it is the longest side. The hypotenuse is always the longest side of a right-angled triangle.QR is the longest side in the picture. The hypotenuse is QR.
Check. The longest side of a right-angled triangle is always opposite the right angle. ✓
Watch out. The hypotenuse is not decided by which way up the triangle is drawn. Always find the right angle first.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle. It does not touch the right angle.
- Find the right angle. The little square marks the 90° angle.The right angle is at A.
- Find the side opposite it. The side opposite a vertex is the one that does not have that letter. The two sides that touch A are AB and AC.The side that does not touch A is BC.
- Check it is the longest side. The hypotenuse is always the longest side of a right-angled triangle.BC is the longest side in the picture. The hypotenuse is BC.
Check. The longest side of a right-angled triangle is always opposite the right angle. ✓
Watch out. The hypotenuse is not decided by which way up the triangle is drawn. Always find the right angle first.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle. It does not touch the right angle.
- Find the right angle. The little square marks the 90° angle.The right angle is at X.
- Find the side opposite it. The side opposite a vertex is the one that does not have that letter. The two sides that touch X are XY and XZ.The side that does not touch X is YZ.
- Check it is the longest side. The hypotenuse is always the longest side of a right-angled triangle.YZ is the longest side in the picture. The hypotenuse is YZ.
Check. The longest side of a right-angled triangle is always opposite the right angle. ✓
Watch out. The hypotenuse is not decided by which way up the triangle is drawn. Always find the right angle first.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 3 cm and 4 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
32 + 42 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.32 = 3 × 3 = 9
42 = 4 × 4 = 16 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 9 + 16 = 25
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √25 = 5 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 5 is bigger than 3 and 4. Also 32 + 42 = 25 = 52. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 6 cm and 8 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
62 + 82 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
82 = 8 × 8 = 64 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √100 = 10 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 10 is bigger than 6 and 8. Also 62 + 82 = 100 = 102. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 5 cm and 12 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
52 + 122 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.52 = 5 × 5 = 25
122 = 12 × 12 = 144 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 25 + 144 = 169
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √169 = 13 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 13 is bigger than 5 and 12. Also 52 + 122 = 169 = 132. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 8 cm and 15 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
82 + 152 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.82 = 8 × 8 = 64
152 = 15 × 15 = 225 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 64 + 225 = 289
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √289 = 17 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 17 is bigger than 8 and 15. Also 82 + 152 = 289 = 172. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 20 cm and 21 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
202 + 212 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.202 = 20 × 20 = 400
212 = 21 × 21 = 441 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 400 + 441 = 841
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √841 = 29 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 29 is bigger than 20 and 21. Also 202 + 212 = 841 = 292. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 24 cm and 7 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
242 + 72 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.242 = 24 × 24 = 576
72 = 7 × 7 = 49 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 576 + 49 = 625
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √625 = 25 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 25 is bigger than 24 and 7. Also 242 + 72 = 625 = 252. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 13 cm. The other known side = 5 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 52 = 132 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.52 = 5 × 5 = 25
132 = 13 × 13 = 169
x2 + 25 = 169 - Subtract 25 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 25 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 169 − 25 = 144
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √144 = 12 cm
Check. Put it back: 122 + 52 = 144 + 25 = 169 = 132. ✓ And 12 is shorter than the hypotenuse 13.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 10 cm. The other known side = 6 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 62 = 102 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
102 = 10 × 10 = 100
x2 + 36 = 100 - Subtract 36 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 36 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 100 − 36 = 64
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √64 = 8 cm
Check. Put it back: 82 + 62 = 64 + 36 = 100 = 102. ✓ And 8 is shorter than the hypotenuse 10.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 25 cm. The other known side = 24 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 242 = 252 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.242 = 24 × 24 = 576
252 = 25 × 25 = 625
x2 + 576 = 625 - Subtract 576 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 576 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 625 − 576 = 49
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √49 = 7 cm
Check. Put it back: 72 + 242 = 49 + 576 = 625 = 252. ✓ And 7 is shorter than the hypotenuse 25.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 17 cm. The other known side = 15 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 152 = 172 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.152 = 15 × 15 = 225
172 = 17 × 17 = 289
x2 + 225 = 289 - Subtract 225 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 225 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 289 − 225 = 64
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √64 = 8 cm
Check. Put it back: 82 + 152 = 64 + 225 = 289 = 172. ✓ And 8 is shorter than the hypotenuse 17.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 41 cm. The other known side = 40 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 402 = 412 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.402 = 40 × 40 = 1600
412 = 41 × 41 = 1681
x2 + 1600 = 1681 - Subtract 1600 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 1600 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 1681 − 1600 = 81
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √81 = 9 cm
Check. Put it back: 92 + 402 = 81 + 1600 = 1681 = 412. ✓ And 9 is shorter than the hypotenuse 41.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Draw a right-angled triangle. The ladder, the wall and the ground make a right-angled triangle. The ladder is the hypotenuse because it is opposite the right angle between wall and ground.Ladder = 13 m (hypotenuse). Foot of the ladder to the wall = 5 m. Height up the wall = h.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 13 m. The other known side = 5 m. The side we want is h.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
h2 + 52 = 132 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.52 = 5 × 5 = 25
132 = 13 × 13 = 169
h2 + 25 = 169 - Subtract 25 from both sides. We want h2 on its own. Taking 25 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.h2 = 169 − 25 = 144
- Take the square root. We want h, not h2.h = √144 = 12 m
Check. Put it back: 122 + 52 = 144 + 25 = 169 = 132. ✓ And 12 is shorter than the hypotenuse 13.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Find a right-angled triangle. The diagonal of a rectangle cuts it into two right-angled triangles, because every corner of a rectangle is 90°. The diagonal is the hypotenuse.Shorter sides: 24 cm and 10 cm.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 24 cm and 10 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
242 + 102 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.242 = 24 × 24 = 576
102 = 10 × 10 = 100 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 576 + 100 = 676
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √676 = 26 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 26 is bigger than 24 and 10. Also 242 + 102 = 676 = 262. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 2 cm and 3 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
22 + 32 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.22 = 2 × 2 = 4
32 = 3 × 3 = 9 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 4 + 9 = 13
- Take the square root and leave it exact. The question wants an exact answer, so we do not use a decimal. We simplify the surd instead.x = √13
√13 cannot be simplified (no square factor), so it stays as √13.
x = √13 cm
Check. On a calculator √13 = 3.60555… and √13 = 3.60555…. It is longer than 2 and 3. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 1 cm and 5 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
12 + 52 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.12 = 1 × 1 = 1
52 = 5 × 5 = 25 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 1 + 25 = 26
- Take the square root and leave it exact. The question wants an exact answer, so we do not use a decimal. We simplify the surd instead.x = √26
√26 cannot be simplified (no square factor), so it stays as √26.
x = √26 cm
Check. On a calculator √26 = 5.09901… and √26 = 5.09901…. It is longer than 1 and 5. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Aisha added the lengths. Pythagoras’ theorem adds the squares of the lengths, then takes a square root.
- Say what is wrong. The theorem is a2 + b2 = c2. It does not say a + b = c. In any triangle the longest side is shorter than the other two sides added together.Aisha added 6 + 8 = 14, which is not allowed.
- Do the calculation properly. Square both, add, then square root.62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
√100 = 10 - Write the answer. The hypotenuse is 10 cm, which is less than 14 cm.
Check. 6, 8, 10 is double the triangle 3, 4, 5, so 10 is right. ✓
Watch out. Squares first, then add, then square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle, so it must be longer than each shorter side.
- Compare with the shorter sides. A shorter side is 10 cm. The hypotenuse has to be longer than 10 cm, but Kim says 9 cm.9 cm is less than 10 cm, so Kim is wrong.
- Find the correct length. Square, add, then take the square root.102 + 62 = 100 + 36 = 136
√136 = 11.66190… - Round. To 1 decimal place.Hypotenuse = 11.7 cm
Check. 11.7 is longer than 10 and longer than 6. ✓
Watch out. Always ask: is my hypotenuse the longest side? If not, there is a mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The perimeter is all three sides added. We know two of them, so find the third with Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Find the missing shorter side. The hypotenuse (25 cm) is given, so we subtract the squares.x2 + 72 = 252
x2 = 625 − 49 = 576
x = √576 = 24 cm - Add the three sides. The perimeter is the distance all the way round.7 + 24 + 25 = 56 cm
- State the conclusion. A “show that” question needs a final statement.The perimeter is 56 cm, as required.
Check. 7, 24, 25 is a Pythagorean triple: 49 + 576 = 625. ✓
Watch out. In a “show that” question, show every line of working and finish with a conclusion.
Exercise 20B Pythagoras with a calculator
Calculator allowedKey words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 4 cm and 7 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
42 + 72 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.42 = 4 × 4 = 16
72 = 7 × 7 = 49 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 16 + 49 = 65
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √65 = 8.06225……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 8.1 cm
Check. Square the answer: 8.12 = 65.61, which is close to 65. The hypotenuse 8.1 is longer than both 4 and 7. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 6 cm and 9 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
62 + 92 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
92 = 9 × 9 = 81 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 36 + 81 = 117
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √117 = 10.81665……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 10.8 cm
Check. Square the answer: 10.82 = 116.64, which is close to 117. The hypotenuse 10.8 is longer than both 6 and 9. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 8.5 cm and 5.2 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
8.52 + 5.22 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.8.52 = 8.5 × 8.5 = 72.25
5.22 = 5.2 × 5.2 = 27.04 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 72.25 + 27.04 = 99.29
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √99.29 = 9.96443……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 10.0 cm
Check. Square the answer: 10.02 = 100.00, which is close to 99.29. The hypotenuse 10.0 is longer than both 8.5 and 5.2. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 12 cm and 12 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
122 + 122 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.122 = 12 × 12 = 144
122 = 12 × 12 = 144 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 144 + 144 = 288
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √288 = 16.97056……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 17.0 cm
Check. Square the answer: 17.02 = 289.00, which is close to 288. The hypotenuse 17.0 is longer than both 12 and 12. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 9 cm. The other known side = 5 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 52 = 92 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.52 = 5 × 5 = 25
92 = 9 × 9 = 81
x2 + 25 = 81 - Subtract 25 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 25 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 81 − 25 = 56
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √56 = 7.48331…
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 7.5 cm
Check. Put it back: 7.52 + 52 = 56.25 + 25 = 81.25, which is close to 92 = 81. ✓ The answer is shorter than the hypotenuse 9.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 14 cm. The other known side = 8.4 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 8.42 = 142 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.8.42 = 8.4 × 8.4 = 70.56
142 = 14 × 14 = 196
x2 + 70.56 = 196 - Subtract 70.56 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 70.56 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 196 − 70.56 = 125.44
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √125.44 = 11.2 cm
Check. Put it back: 11.22 + 8.42 = 125.44 + 70.56 = 196 = 142. ✓ And 11.2 is shorter than the hypotenuse 14.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 7.5 cm. The other known side = 6 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 62 = 7.52 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
7.52 = 7.5 × 7.5 = 56.25
x2 + 36 = 56.25 - Subtract 36 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 36 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 56.25 − 36 = 20.25
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √20.25 = 4.5 cm
Check. Put it back: 4.52 + 62 = 20.25 + 36 = 56.25 = 7.52. ✓ And 4.5 is shorter than the hypotenuse 7.5.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 15 cm. The other known side = 4.2 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 4.22 = 152 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.4.22 = 4.2 × 4.2 = 17.64
152 = 15 × 15 = 225
x2 + 17.64 = 225 - Subtract 17.64 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 17.64 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 225 − 17.64 = 207.36
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √207.36 = 14.4 cm
Check. Put it back: 14.42 + 4.22 = 207.36 + 17.64 = 225 = 152. ✓ And 14.4 is shorter than the hypotenuse 15.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 15.3 m and 8.7 m.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
15.32 + 8.72 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.15.32 = 15.3 × 15.3 = 234.09
8.72 = 8.7 × 8.7 = 75.69 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 234.09 + 75.69 = 309.78
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √309.78 = 17.60056……
- Round to 2 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 17.60 m
Check. Square the answer: 17.602 = 309.76, which is close to 309.78. The hypotenuse 17.60 is longer than both 15.3 and 8.7. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 23.6 mm. The other known side = 19.4 mm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 19.42 = 23.62 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.19.42 = 19.4 × 19.4 = 376.36
23.62 = 23.6 × 23.6 = 556.96
x2 + 376.36 = 556.96 - Subtract 376.36 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 376.36 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 556.96 − 376.36 = 180.6
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √180.6 = 13.43874…
- Round to 3 s.f.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 13.4 mm
Check. Put it back: 13.42 + 19.42 = 179.56 + 376.36 = 555.92, which is close to 23.62 = 556.96. ✓ The answer is shorter than the hypotenuse 23.6.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the diagonal, then convert from centimetres to inches.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The diagonal is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle with shorter sides 80 cm and 45 cm.Shorter sides 80 cm and 45 cm.
- Square, add, square root. Hypotenuse: add the squares.802 + 452 = 6400 + 2025 = 8425
√8425 = 91.78779… - Round to the nearest cm. Nearest whole number.Diagonal = 92 cm
- Convert to inches. There are 2.54 cm in 1 inch, so divide by 2.54.92 ÷ 2.54 = 36.22047… ≈ 36 inches
Check. A 36 inch screen is the usual name for this size of screen. 36 × 2.54 = 91.4 cm, close to 92 cm. ✓
Watch out. Convert at the end. Do not round the diagonal before you need to.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Find the length of the diagonal with Pythagoras’ theorem, then compare it with the distance along the two edges.
- Distance along the edges. He walks the length and then the width.120 + 90 = 210 m
- Distance along the diagonal. The diagonal is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle with shorter sides 120 m and 90 m.1202 + 902 = 14 400 + 8100 = 22 500
√22 500 = 150 - Find the difference. Take the shorter route from the longer.210 − 150 = 60 m
Check. 120 and 90 are 30 times 4 and 3, so the diagonal is 30 times 5 = 150. ✓
Watch out. The answer is the difference between the routes, not the length of the diagonal.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Draw the path. North and east make a right angle, so the ship’s path and the straight line back to the start form a right-angled triangle.Shorter sides 15 km and 8 km. The distance d is the hypotenuse.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, d, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 15 km and 8 km.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
152 + 82 = d2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.152 = 15 × 15 = 225
82 = 8 × 8 = 64 - Add the two squares. This gives d2, the square of the hypotenuse.d2 = 225 + 64 = 289
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2. The square root undoes the squaring.d = √289 = 17 km
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 17 is bigger than 15 and 8. Also 152 + 82 = 289 = 172. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at d2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The pole stands at 90° to the ground. The wire is the hypotenuse.Pole 7.5 m, distance on the ground 4 m, wire = x.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 4 m and 7.5 m.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
42 + 7.52 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.42 = 4 × 4 = 16
7.52 = 7.5 × 7.5 = 56.25 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 16 + 56.25 = 72.25
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √72.25 = 8.5 m
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 8.5 is bigger than 4 and 7.5. Also 42 + 7.52 = 72.25 = 8.52. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The ramp is the hypotenuse. The upright height and the flat ground make the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse 4.2 m. Height 0.35 m. The horizontal distance is d.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 4.2 m. The other known side = 0.35 m. The side we want is d.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
d2 + 0.352 = 4.22 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.0.352 = 0.35 × 0.35 = 0.1225
4.22 = 4.2 × 4.2 = 17.64
d2 + 0.1225 = 17.64 - Subtract 0.1225 from both sides. We want d2 on its own. Taking 0.1225 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.d2 = 17.64 − 0.1225 = 17.5175
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √17.5175 = 4.18539…
- Round to 2 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.d = 4.19 m
Check. Put it back: 4.192 + 0.352 = 17.56 + 0.1225 = 17.68, which is close to 4.22 = 17.64. ✓ The answer is shorter than the hypotenuse 4.2.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Let each side of the square be s. The diagonal is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle with both shorter sides equal to s.
- Write Pythagoras’ theorem for the triangle. The two shorter sides are both s and the hypotenuse is the diagonal, 10 cm.s2 + s2 = 102
- Collect the like terms. Two lots of s2 make 2s2.2s2 = 100
- Divide by 2. This leaves s2 on its own.s2 = 100 ÷ 2 = 50
- Square root and round. We want s, not s2.s = √50 = 7.07106…
s = 7.1 cm
Check. Put it back: 7.12 + 7.12 = 100.8, close to 102 = 100. ✓
Watch out. The two shorter sides are equal, so you can write one equation with only one letter.
Is it right-angled? Pythagorean triples and problems in context
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Pythagoras’ theorem works backwards too. If the squares of the two shorter sides add up to the square of the longest side, then the triangle must have a right angle. If they do not, it has no right angle. This gives us a test for a right angle using only lengths.
Whole numbers that fit the theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. The most famous is 3, 4, 5 (9 + 16 = 25). Others you should recognise are 5, 12, 13 and 8, 15, 17 and 7, 24, 25. If you multiply every number in a triple by the same amount you get another triple, so 6, 8, 10 and 30, 40, 50 also work. Builders use 3, 4, 5 to check that a corner is square: they measure 3 m along one wall and 4 m along the other and see if the gap between the ends is exactly 5 m.
If the sum of the squares of the two shorter sides is less than the square of the longest side, the biggest angle is more than 90° (obtuse). If it is more, the biggest angle is less than 90°. You do not need this to answer most questions, but it explains why the test says “not right-angled”.
Problems in context. Many real problems hide a right-angled triangle: a ladder against a wall, the diagonal of a rectangle, a ship that sails north then east, a wire holding up a pole. Follow these steps each time:
- Draw a sketch and mark the right angle.
- Mark the lengths you know, and call the one you want x.
- Decide whether x is the hypotenuse (the longest side, opposite the right angle) or a shorter side.
- Use Pythagoras: add the squares for the hypotenuse, subtract for a shorter side.
- Check that the answer is sensible, then write it with its unit.
Key ideas
- Test for a right angle: (short)2 + (short)2 = (longest)2.
- A Pythagorean triple is three whole numbers that fit: 3,4,5; 5,12,13; 8,15,17; 7,24,25.
- Multiplying a triple by the same number gives another triple.
- Always draw a sketch for a word problem and mark the right angle.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 7, 24, 25. Longest = 25 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.72 + 242 = 49 + 576 = 625
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.252 = 625
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.625 = 625. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 6, 7, 10. Longest = 10 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.62 + 72 = 36 + 49 = 85
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.102 = 100
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.85 ≠ 100. They are not equal, so the triangle is not right-angled.
Check. If it were right-angled the longest side would be √(36 + 49) = 9.21954…, but it is 10. ✓ The longest side is longer than that, so the biggest angle is more than 90°.
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Draw a sketch. The wall is vertical and the ground is horizontal, so they make a right angle. The ladder is the hypotenuse because it is opposite that right angle.Ladder = 5.6 m (hypotenuse). Foot of ladder to the wall = 1.4 m. Height up the wall = h.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 5.6 m. The other known side = 1.4 m. The side we want is h.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
h2 + 1.42 = 5.62 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.1.42 = 1.4 × 1.4 = 1.96
5.62 = 5.6 × 5.6 = 31.36
h2 + 1.96 = 31.36 - Subtract 1.96 from both sides. We want h2 on its own. Taking 1.96 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.h2 = 31.36 − 1.96 = 29.4
- Take the square root. We want h, not h2.h = √29.4 = 5.42217…
- Round to 2 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.h = 5.42 m
Check. Put it back: 5.422 + 1.42 = 29.38 + 1.96 = 31.34, which is close to 5.62 = 31.36. ✓ The answer is shorter than the hypotenuse 5.6.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Watch out
When testing for a right angle, put the longest side on its own. A common mistake is to add the square of the longest side to another one. Also, “close enough” is not good enough: 6, 7, 10 has 36 + 49 = 85, which is not 100, so there is no right angle.Exercise 20C Right-angled triangles in problems
Calculator allowedKey words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 3, 4, 5. Longest = 5 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.32 + 42 = 9 + 16 = 25
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.52 = 25
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.25 = 25. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 5, 12, 13. Longest = 13 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.52 + 122 = 25 + 144 = 169
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.132 = 169
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.169 = 169. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 6, 8, 11. Longest = 11 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.112 = 121
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.100 ≠ 121. They are not equal, so the triangle is not right-angled.
Check. If it were right-angled the longest side would be √(36 + 64) = 10, but it is 11. ✓ The longest side is longer than that, so the biggest angle is more than 90°.
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 9, 12, 15. Longest = 15 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.92 + 122 = 81 + 144 = 225
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.152 = 225
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.225 = 225. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. Here 3, 4, 5 is a smaller triple and every side has been multiplied by 3. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 7, 8, 12. Longest = 12 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.72 + 82 = 49 + 64 = 113
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.122 = 144
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.113 ≠ 144. They are not equal, so the triangle is not right-angled.
Check. If it were right-angled the longest side would be √(49 + 64) = 10.63014…, but it is 12. ✓ The longest side is longer than that, so the biggest angle is more than 90°.
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 20, 21, 29. Longest = 29 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.202 + 212 = 400 + 441 = 841
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.292 = 841
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.841 = 841. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 8 cm and 15 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
82 + 152 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.82 = 8 × 8 = 64
152 = 15 × 15 = 225 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 64 + 225 = 289
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √289 = 17 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 17 is bigger than 8 and 15. Also 82 + 152 = 289 = 172. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 41 cm. The other known side = 9 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 92 = 412 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.92 = 9 × 9 = 81
412 = 41 × 41 = 1681
x2 + 81 = 1681 - Subtract 81 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 81 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 1681 − 81 = 1600
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √1600 = 40 cm
Check. Put it back: 402 + 92 = 1600 + 81 = 1681 = 412. ✓ And 40 is shorter than the hypotenuse 41.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 29 cm. The other known side = 21 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 212 = 292 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.212 = 21 × 21 = 441
292 = 29 × 29 = 841
x2 + 441 = 841 - Subtract 441 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 441 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 841 − 441 = 400
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √400 = 20 cm
Check. Put it back: 202 + 212 = 400 + 441 = 841 = 292. ✓ And 20 is shorter than the hypotenuse 29.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 12 cm and 16 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
122 + 162 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.122 = 12 × 12 = 144
162 = 16 × 16 = 256 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 144 + 256 = 400
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √400 = 20 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 20 is bigger than 12 and 16. Also 122 + 162 = 400 = 202. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 0.9, 1.2, 1.5. Longest = 1.5 m.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.0.92 + 1.22 = 0.81 + 1.44 = 2.25
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.1.52 = 2.25
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.2.25 = 2.25. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 6, 8, 10. Longest = 10 .
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.102 = 100
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.100 = 100. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. Here 3, 4, 5 is a smaller triple and every side has been multiplied by 2. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 30, 40, 50. Longest = 50 .
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.302 + 402 = 900 + 1600 = 2500
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.502 = 2500
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.2500 = 2500. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. Here 3, 4, 5 is a smaller triple and every side has been multiplied by 10. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Draw a sketch. The wall and ground make a right angle, so the ladder is the hypotenuse.The ladder reaches 5.2 m up the wall (a shorter side) and its foot is 1.5 m from the wall (a shorter side). The ladder length is L.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, L, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 5.2 m and 1.5 m.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
5.22 + 1.52 = L2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.5.22 = 5.2 × 5.2 = 27.04
1.52 = 1.5 × 1.5 = 2.25 - Add the two squares. This gives L2, the square of the hypotenuse.L2 = 27.04 + 2.25 = 29.29
- Take the square root. We want L, not L2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.L = √29.29 = 5.41202……
- Round to 2 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.L = 5.41 m
Check. Square the answer: 5.412 = 29.27, which is close to 29.29. The hypotenuse 5.41 is longer than both 5.2 and 1.5. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at L2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Draw the journey. West and south are at right angles, so the journey and the straight line back to the start make a right-angled triangle.Shorter sides 24 km and 10 km. The distance d from the start is the hypotenuse.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, d, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 24 km and 10 km.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
242 + 102 = d2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.242 = 24 × 24 = 576
102 = 10 × 10 = 100 - Add the two squares. This gives d2, the square of the hypotenuse.d2 = 576 + 100 = 676
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2. The square root undoes the squaring.d = √676 = 26 km
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 26 is bigger than 24 and 10. Also 242 + 102 = 676 = 262. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at d2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Use the properties of a rhombus. The diagonals of a rhombus cross at right angles and cut each other in half. Each side of the rhombus is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are half of each diagonal.Half of 16 cm = 8 cm and half of 12 cm = 6 cm.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 8 cm and 6 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
82 + 62 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.82 = 8 × 8 = 64
62 = 6 × 6 = 36 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 64 + 36 = 100
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √100 = 10 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 10 is bigger than 8 and 6. Also 82 + 62 = 100 = 102. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Work out how far each cyclist rides. Distance = speed × time.Cyclist 1: 12 × 2 = 24 km north
Cyclist 2: 5 × 2 = 10 km east - Draw the right-angled triangle. North and east are at 90° to each other, so the distance between the cyclists is the hypotenuse.Shorter sides 24 km and 10 km.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, d, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 24 km and 10 km.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
242 + 102 = d2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.242 = 24 × 24 = 576
102 = 10 × 10 = 100 - Add the two squares. This gives d2, the square of the hypotenuse.d2 = 576 + 100 = 676
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2. The square root undoes the squaring.d = √676 = 26 km
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 26 is bigger than 24 and 10. Also 242 + 102 = 676 = 262. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at d2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 0.9, 2.1, 2.3. Longest = 2.3 m.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.0.92 + 2.12 = 0.81 + 4.41 = 5.22
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.2.32 = 5.29
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.5.22 ≠ 5.29. They are not equal, so the triangle is not right-angled.
Check. If it were right-angled the longest side would be √(0.81 + 4.41) = 2.28473…, but it is 2.3. ✓ The longest side is longer than that, so the biggest angle is more than 90°.
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Draw a sketch. The pole is upright and the ground is flat, so they make a right angle. The wire is the hypotenuse.Wire = 10 m (hypotenuse). Pole = 6 m. The distance on the ground is d.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 10 m. The other known side = 6 m. The side we want is d.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
d2 + 62 = 102 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
102 = 10 × 10 = 100
d2 + 36 = 100 - Subtract 36 from both sides. We want d2 on its own. Taking 36 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.d2 = 100 − 36 = 64
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √64 = 8 m
Check. Put it back: 82 + 62 = 64 + 36 = 100 = 102. ✓ And 8 is shorter than the hypotenuse 10.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The test needs the squares of the sides, not the sides themselves.
- Say what is wrong. Pythagoras’ theorem is about a2 + b2 = c2. Adding the plain lengths does not test for a right angle (the two shorter sides added are always longer than the third side, even in a right-angled triangle).Raj did 8 + 15, which is not the test.
- Use the correct test. Square the two shorter sides and add. Then square the longest side.82 + 152 = 64 + 225 = 289
162 = 256 - Compare. The numbers must be equal for a right angle.289 ≠ 256, so the triangle is not right-angled.
Check. 8, 15, 17 is the right-angled triangle, because 64 + 225 = 289 = 172. Changing 17 to 16 spoils it. ✓
Watch out. Raj reaches the right conclusion with the wrong method. In an exam you would get no marks for the method.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Check the doubled triangle with the test for a right angle, then use algebra to see why it always works.
- Check the doubled triangle. Double 5, 12 and 13 to get 10, 24 and 26. Test them.102 + 242 = 100 + 576 = 676
262 = 676
They are equal, so the doubled triangle is right-angled. - Explain for any triangle. Suppose a2 + b2 = c2. After doubling, the sides are 2a, 2b and 2c. Squaring doubles into 4 times the square.(2a)2 + (2b)2 = 4a2 + 4b2 = 4(a2 + b2) = 4c2 = (2c)2
- Write the conclusion. Both sides of the equation are multiplied by 4, so it is still true.The doubled triangle is always right-angled. The same works for any scale factor.
Check. The new triangle is an enlargement, so it has the same angles. The right angle stays a right angle. ✓
Watch out. In a “show that” question write a sentence at the end that says what you have shown.
Pythagoras with coordinates, isosceles and equilateral triangles
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Distance between two points. To find the distance between two points on a grid, imagine a right-angled triangle between them. The straight line joining the points is the hypotenuse. The horizontal step is the difference of the x-coordinates and the vertical step is the difference of the y-coordinates. Then use Pythagoras. A minus sign in a step does not matter, because squaring turns it into a positive number.
Isosceles triangles. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides, and the angles at the base are equal. If you draw the line of symmetry from the top down to the base, it hits the base at 90° and cuts it exactly in half. That makes two right-angled triangles that are mirror images of each other. Their hypotenuse is one of the equal sides, one shorter side is half the base and the other shorter side is the height of the triangle. Once you know the height you can find the area: ½ × base × height.
Equilateral triangles. An equilateral triangle has three equal sides and three 60° angles. It is a special isosceles triangle, so the same trick works. For a side of length s the half-base is s ÷ 2, so the height h satisfies h2 + (s ÷ 2)2 = s2.
Key ideas
- Distance between points: (x step)2 + (y step)2 = distance2.
- An isosceles triangle splits into two right-angled triangles: use half the base.
- Area of the triangle = ½ × whole base × height.
- Equilateral triangle: height2 = side2 − (½ side)2.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 7 − 1 = 6, so the step is 6
Vertical: 10 − 2 = 8, so the step is 8 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √100 = 10
Check. 6, 8, 10 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 36 + 64 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 5 − (−3) = 8, so the step is 8
Vertical: −2 − 4 = −6, so the step is 6 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 82 + 62 = 64 + 36 = 100
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √100 = 10
Check. 8, 6, 10 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 64 + 36 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 10 ÷ 2 = 5 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 13 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 52 = 132
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 169 − 25 = 144
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √144 = 12 cm
- Use area of a triangle = ½ × base × height. The base is the whole base, not the half. Use the exact height from the calculator to avoid rounding errors.Area = ½ × 10 × 12 = 60
- Write the area with its units. Area is measured in square units. The answer is exact, so no rounding is needed.Area = 60 cm2
Check. Another way: two small triangles each have area ½ × 5 × 12 = 30.00; doubling gives 60.00, matching 60. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 8 ÷ 2 = 4 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 8 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 42 = 82
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 64 − 16 = 48
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √48 = 6.92820…
h = 6.93 cm
Check. The height (6.93) must be shorter than the slanting side (8). Also 6.932 + 42 = 64.02, close to 64. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Watch out
For an isosceles triangle, use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula ½ × base × height. Mixing these up is the most common mistake.Exercise 20D Coordinates, isosceles and equilateral triangles
Calculator allowedKey words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 4 − 1 = 3, so the step is 3
Vertical: 6 − 2 = 4, so the step is 4 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 32 + 42 = 9 + 16 = 25
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √25 = 5
Check. 3, 4, 5 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 9 + 16 = 25. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 5 − 0 = 5, so the step is 5
Vertical: −9 − 3 = −12, so the step is 12 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 52 + 122 = 25 + 144 = 169
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √169 = 13
Check. 5, 12, 13 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 25 + 144 = 169. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 3 − (−4) = 7, so the step is 7
Vertical: 5 − 2 = 3, so the step is 3 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 72 + 32 = 49 + 9 = 58
- Take the square root and round. We want d, not d2.d = √58 = 7.61577…
d = 7.6 (to 1 d.p.)
Check. Square the answer: 7.62 = 57.76, close to 58. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 2 − (−6) = 8, so the step is 8
Vertical: 4 − (−1) = 5, so the step is 5 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 82 + 52 = 64 + 25 = 89
- Take the square root and round. We want d, not d2.d = √89 = 9.43398…
d = 9.4 (to 1 d.p.)
Check. Square the answer: 9.42 = 88.36, close to 89. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 14 − 2 = 12, so the step is 12
Vertical: 8 − 3 = 5, so the step is 5 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 122 + 52 = 144 + 25 = 169
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √169 = 13
Check. 12, 5, 13 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 144 + 25 = 169. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. A triangle is isosceles if two of its sides are equal. Work out the three side lengths using Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Find AB. The steps from A(2, 1) to B(6, 4) are 4 across and 3 up.AB2 = 42 + 32 = 16 + 9 = 25, so AB = 5
- Find BC. The steps from B(6, 4) to C(2, 7) are 4 across (left) and 3 up.BC2 = 42 + 32 = 25, so BC = 5
- Find AC. A(2, 1) and C(2, 7) are straight above each other, so the distance is just the difference of the y-values.AC = 7 − 1 = 6
- Compare. Two sides are the same length.AB = BC = 5 and AC = 6, so the triangle is isosceles.
Check. The midpoint of AC is (2, 4). It has the same y-coordinate as B(6, 4), so B is level with the middle of AC, and the triangle is symmetrical. ✓
Watch out. Check all three sides. Two equal sides is enough; the third can be different.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 12 ÷ 2 = 6 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 10 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 62 = 102
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 100 − 36 = 64
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √64 = 8 cm
Check. The height (8) must be shorter than the slanting side (10). Also 82 + 62 = 100.00, close to 100. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 10 ÷ 2 = 5 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 13 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 52 = 132
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 169 − 25 = 144
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √144 = 12 cm
Check. The height (12) must be shorter than the slanting side (13). Also 122 + 52 = 169.00, close to 169. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 17 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 82 = 172
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 289 − 64 = 225
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √225 = 15 cm
Check. The height (15) must be shorter than the slanting side (17). Also 152 + 82 = 289.00, close to 289. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 5 ÷ 2 = 2.5 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 6.5 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 2.52 = 6.52
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 42.25 − 6.25 = 36
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √36 = 6 cm
Check. The height (6) must be shorter than the slanting side (6.5). Also 62 + 2.52 = 42.25, close to 42.25. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 12 ÷ 2 = 6 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 10 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 62 = 102
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 100 − 36 = 64
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √64 = 8 cm
- Use area of a triangle = ½ × base × height. The base is the whole base, not the half. Use the exact height from the calculator to avoid rounding errors.Area = ½ × 12 × 8 = 48
- Write the area with its units. Area is measured in square units. The answer is exact, so no rounding is needed.Area = 48 cm2
Check. Another way: two small triangles each have area ½ × 6 × 8 = 24.00; doubling gives 48.00, matching 48. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 10 ÷ 2 = 5 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 10 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 52 = 102
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 100 − 25 = 75
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √75 = 8.66025…
h = 8.66 cm
Check. The height (8.66) must be shorter than the slanting side (10). Also 8.662 + 52 = 100.00, close to 100. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 9.6 ÷ 2 = 4.8 m
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 5.2 m. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 4.82 = 5.22
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 27.04 − 23.04 = 4
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √4 = 2 m
Check. The height (2) must be shorter than the slanting side (5.2). Also 22 + 4.82 = 27.04, close to 27.04. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 2.4 ÷ 2 = 1.2 m
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 1.9 m. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 1.22 = 1.92
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 3.61 − 1.44 = 2.17
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √2.17 = 1.47309…
h = 1.47 m
Check. The height (1.47) must be shorter than the slanting side (1.9). Also 1.472 + 1.22 = 3.60, close to 3.61. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 50 ÷ 2 = 25 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 50 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 252 = 502
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 2500 − 625 = 1875
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √1875 = 43.30127…
h = 43.30 cm (keep extra digits for now) - Use area of a triangle = ½ × base × height. The base is the whole base, not the half. Use the exact height from the calculator to avoid rounding errors.Area = ½ × 50 × 43.30127… = 1082.53175…
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the units for area: square units.Area = 1082.5 cm2
Check. Another way: two small triangles each have area ½ × 25 × 43.30 = 541.25; doubling gives 1082.50, matching 1082.5. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle, so we square the steps, add and take the root. We do not just add the steps.
- Find the steps. Subtract the coordinates.Across: 4 − 1 = 3. Up: 6 − 2 = 4.
- Say what Zara did. She added 3 + 4, which is the distance along the two dashed sides, not along the diagonal line AB. The diagonal is shorter.Zara found the length of the route along the two dashed lines.
- Use Pythagoras. AB is the hypotenuse.AB2 = 32 + 42 = 9 + 16 = 25
AB = √25 = 5
Check. 3, 4, 5 is a Pythagorean triple, and 5 is less than 7 as the hypotenuse must be less than the sum of the other two sides. ✓
Watch out. Going diagonally is shorter than going along the edges.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Find the height using Pythagoras’ theorem on half of the triangle, then use area = ½ × base × height.
- Draw the height from A to the middle of BC. It splits the base into two halves of 8 cm and makes a right-angled triangle with hypotenuse 17 cm.Half the base = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 cm
- Find the height. We are finding a shorter side, so subtract the squares.h2 = 172 − 82 = 289 − 64 = 225
h = √225 = 15 cm - Find the area. Use the whole base 16 cm.Area = ½ × 16 × 15 = 120 cm2
- State the conclusion. The area is 120 cm2, as required.
Check. 8, 15, 17 is a Pythagorean triple: 64 + 225 = 289. ✓
Watch out. Use the whole base (16), not the half-base (8), in the area formula.
Trigonometry: finding sides (SOH CAH TOA)
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Pythagoras uses two sides to find the third. But what if you know only one side and one angle? That is where trigonometry helps. It links the angles of a right-angled triangle to the ratios of its sides.
Look at the picture. All three triangles have a 30° angle and a right angle, so they are similar (the same shape, different sizes). Work out opposite ÷ hypotenuse for each: 1 ÷ 2, 2 ÷ 4 and 3 ÷ 6. They all equal 0.5. This is no accident. In any right-angled triangle with a 30° angle, the ratio of the side opposite the angle to the hypotenuse is always 0.5. We call this ratio the sine of the angle, so sin 30° = 0.5.
Naming the sides. We name the sides from the point of view of the angle we are using (call it θ, said “theta”).
- The hypotenuse (H) is opposite the right angle. It is the longest side and it never changes.
- The opposite (O) is across the triangle from θ. It does not touch θ.
- The adjacent (A) is next to θ. “Adjacent” means “next to”. It is the side left over that is not the hypotenuse.
There are three trigonometric ratios. Each compares two sides.
sin θ = OH cos θ = AH tan θ = OA
A memory aid: SOH CAH TOA. Sin = Opposite over Hypotenuse, Cos = Adjacent over Hypotenuse, Tan = Opposite over Adjacent. You can also use the triangle trick below: cover the one you want and read what is left.
The method for finding a side.
- Label the sides O, A, H from the angle θ.
- Choose the ratio: look at the side you know and the side you want, and find the two letters in SOH CAH TOA.
- Write the ratio with the numbers: sin θ = O ÷ H becomes, for example, sin 35° = x ÷ 8.2.
- Rearrange to get x alone. If x is on the top, multiply both sides by the number on the bottom. If x is on the bottom, you will multiply by x and then divide.
- Calculate with your calculator in degree mode and round sensibly.
The shortcut for step 4: if the unknown is on the top you multiply, and if the unknown is on the bottom you divide. Use this as a check but know why it works. You can also check that your answer is sensible. The hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key ideas
- Label O, A, H from the angle θ. H is opposite the right angle.
- SOH: sin θ = O ÷ H. CAH: cos θ = A ÷ H. TOA: tan θ = O ÷ A.
- Choose the ratio from the two sides involved (one known, one wanted).
- Unknown on top: multiply. Unknown on the bottom: divide.
- Calculator in degree mode.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.8.2 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 35° = x8.2
- Multiply both sides by 8.2. x is being divided by 8.2. Multiplying both sides by 8.2 gets x on its own.x = 8.2 × sin 35°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 35°, then finish the calculation.sin 35° = 0.57357…
x = 8.2 × 0.57357… = 4.70332… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 4.7 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 35° = 55°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 8.2 × cos 55° = 4.70332…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12 m is the adjacent.
x is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 40° = 12x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × cos 40° = 12
- Divide both sides by cos 40°. This leaves x on its own.x = 12cos 40° = 12 ÷ cos 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 40°, then finish the calculation.cos 40° = 0.76604…
x = 12 ÷ 0.76604… = 15.66488… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 15.7 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 12 ÷ sin 50° = 15.66488…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.7.5 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 52° = x7.5
- Multiply both sides by 7.5. x is being divided by 7.5. Multiplying both sides by 7.5 gets x on its own.x = 7.5 × tan 52°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 52°, then finish the calculation.tan 52° = 1.27994…
x = 7.5 × 1.27994… = 9.59956… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 9.6 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 52° = 38°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 7.5 ÷ tan 38° = 9.59956…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.14.2 mm is the opposite.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 27° = 14.2x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × tan 27° = 14.2
- Divide both sides by tan 27°. This leaves x on its own.x = 14.2tan 27° = 14.2 ÷ tan 27°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 27°, then finish the calculation.tan 27° = 0.50952…
x = 14.2 ÷ 0.50952… = 27.86906… - Round to 3 s.f.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 27.9 mm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 27° = 63°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 14.2 × tan 63° = 27.86906…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Watch out
Label the sides from the angle you are using, not from the picture. The same side can be opposite for one angle and adjacent for the other. Also check that your calculator is in degree mode. If sin 30° does not give 0.5, it is not.Exercise 20E Labelling sides and choosing the ratio
Non-calculatorKey words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite side is across from θ. The adjacent side is the remaining one, next to θ.
- Find the right angle and the hypotenuse. The right angle is marked with a square. The hypotenuse is the side that does not touch it.Right angle at A, so the hypotenuse is BC.
- Find the opposite side. θ is at B. The opposite side is across the triangle from B, so it does not touch B.The side that does not touch B is AC, so the opposite is AC.
- Find the adjacent side. The adjacent side is next to θ (it touches B) and it is not the hypotenuse.The side left over that touches B is AB, so the adjacent is AB.
Check. Every side has exactly one name. The three names are different. ✓
Watch out. Opposite and adjacent change if you change the angle. The hypotenuse never changes.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite side is across from θ. The adjacent side is the remaining one, next to θ.
- Find the right angle and the hypotenuse. The right angle is marked with a square. The hypotenuse is the side that does not touch it.Right angle at P, so the hypotenuse is QR.
- Find the opposite side. θ is at Q. The opposite side is across the triangle from Q, so it does not touch Q.The side that does not touch Q is PR, so the opposite is PR.
- Find the adjacent side. The adjacent side is next to θ (it touches Q) and it is not the hypotenuse.The side left over that touches Q is PQ, so the adjacent is PQ.
Check. Every side has exactly one name. The three names are different. ✓
Watch out. Opposite and adjacent change if you change the angle. The hypotenuse never changes.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite side is across from θ. The adjacent side is the remaining one, next to θ.
- Find the right angle and the hypotenuse. The right angle is marked with a square. The hypotenuse is the side that does not touch it.Right angle at X, so the hypotenuse is YZ.
- Find the opposite side. θ is at Y. The opposite side is across the triangle from Y, so it does not touch Y.The side that does not touch Y is XZ, so the opposite is XZ.
- Find the adjacent side. The adjacent side is next to θ (it touches Y) and it is not the hypotenuse.The side left over that touches Y is XY, so the adjacent is XY.
Check. Every side has exactly one name. The three names are different. ✓
Watch out. Opposite and adjacent change if you change the angle. The hypotenuse never changes.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse.
- Read SOH. S is Sin, O is Opposite, H is Hypotenuse.SOH: sin θ = O ÷ H
- Write it as a fraction. The first letter after S is on the top.sin θ = oppositehypotenuse
Check. Cover S in the triangle and you see O over H. ✓
Watch out. O is on top of the fraction for both sin and tan.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse.
- Read CAH. C is Cos, A is Adjacent, H is Hypotenuse.CAH: cos θ = A ÷ H
- Write it as a fraction. The A is on the top.cos θ = adjacenthypotenuse
Check. Cover C in the triangle and you see A over H. ✓
Watch out. The hypotenuse is on the bottom of both sin and cos.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent.
- Read TOA. T is Tan, O is Opposite, A is Adjacent.TOA: tan θ = O ÷ A
- Write it as a fraction. The O is on the top.tan θ = oppositeadjacent
Check. Cover T in the triangle and you see O over A. ✓
Watch out. Tan does not use the hypotenuse at all.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the hypotenuse and want the opposite.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: O and H appear together in SOH.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (hypotenuse and opposite) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the adjacent and want the hypotenuse.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: A and H appear together in CAH.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (adjacent and hypotenuse) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the opposite and want the adjacent.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: O and A appear together in TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (opposite and adjacent) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the hypotenuse and want the adjacent.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: A and H appear together in CAH.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (hypotenuse and adjacent) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, choose the ratio, then write it with the numbers. We do not solve it here.
- Label the sides. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to it. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.8 cm is the hypotenuse. x is the opposite.
- Choose the ratio. The two sides used decide it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Write the equation. Replace θ with 35°, O with the opposite and H with the hypotenuse.sin 35° = x8
Check. The side on the top of the fraction is the one named first in SOH, CAH or TOA. ✓
Watch out. The unknown can be on the top or the bottom of the fraction. Put each side in its own place.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, choose the ratio, then write it with the numbers. We do not solve it here.
- Label the sides. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to it. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.12 m is the adjacent. x is the hypotenuse.
- Choose the ratio. The two sides used decide it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Write the equation. Replace θ with 40°, A with the adjacent and H with the hypotenuse.cos 40° = 12x
Check. The side on the top of the fraction is the one named first in SOH, CAH or TOA. ✓
Watch out. The unknown can be on the top or the bottom of the fraction. Put each side in its own place.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, choose the ratio, then write it with the numbers. We do not solve it here.
- Label the sides. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to it. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.6.4 cm is the opposite. x is the adjacent.
- Choose the ratio. The two sides used decide it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Write the equation. Replace θ with 55°, O with the opposite and A with the adjacent.tan 55° = 6.4x
Check. The side on the top of the fraction is the one named first in SOH, CAH or TOA. ✓
Watch out. The unknown can be on the top or the bottom of the fraction. Put each side in its own place.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, choose the ratio, then write it with the numbers. We do not solve it here.
- Label the sides. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to it. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.9.5 cm is the hypotenuse. x is the adjacent.
- Choose the ratio. The two sides used decide it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Write the equation. Replace θ with 62°, A with the adjacent and H with the hypotenuse.cos 62° = x9.5
Check. The side on the top of the fraction is the one named first in SOH, CAH or TOA. ✓
Watch out. The unknown can be on the top or the bottom of the fraction. Put each side in its own place.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the right-angled triangle with the angle θ and write each ratio as a fraction of the side lengths.
- Label the sides from θ. The side across from θ is 5, the side next to θ is 12 and the side opposite the right angle is 13.O = 5, A = 12, H = 13
- Write sin θ. SOH: opposite over hypotenuse.sin θ = 513
- Write cos θ. CAH: adjacent over hypotenuse.cos θ = 1213
- Write tan θ. TOA: opposite over adjacent.tan θ = 512
Check. The decimals are sin θ = 0.38461…, cos θ = 0.92307…, tan θ = 0.41666…, and sin θ ÷ cos θ = tan θ. ✓
Watch out. Keep the fraction in the same order: opposite first for sin and tan.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The opposite and adjacent sides depend on which angle we stand at. Stand at each angle in turn.
- Standing at angle A. The side across from A is BC and the side next to A (not the hypotenuse) is AC.For angle A: opposite = BC = 4 cm, adjacent = AC = 3 cm
- Standing at angle B. The side across from B is AC and the side next to B is BC.For angle B: opposite = AC = 3 cm, adjacent = BC = 4 cm
- Compare. The two names swap. The hypotenuse AB stays the same.The side that is opposite for A is adjacent for B, and the other way round.
Check. Angle A + angle B = 90°, so the two acute angles share the same two shorter sides but swap their names. ✓
Watch out. The hypotenuse is the only side whose name does not change.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the hypotenuse and want the opposite.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: O and H appear together in SOH.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (hypotenuse and opposite) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the opposite and want the adjacent.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: O and A appear together in TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (opposite and adjacent) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides from the angle, then pick the ratio that has the two sides involved.
- Label the two sides we are using. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to the angle. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.We have the hypotenuse and want the adjacent.
- Pick the ratio. Write the letters of the two sides: A and H appear together in CAH.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse)
Check. The ratio uses exactly the two sides involved (hypotenuse and adjacent) and nothing else. ✓
Watch out. Choose the ratio from the two sides involved, never from the angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Opposite means across from the angle. Check which sides touch the angle x.
- Find the angle x. It is at the end of the 12 cm side and the 13 cm side.x is where the sides 12 cm and 13 cm meet.
- Label from x. The 13 cm side is opposite the right angle: H. The 12 cm side touches x: A. The 5 cm side is across from x: O.O = 5, A = 12, H = 13
- Compare with Dev. Dev wrote tan x = 5 ÷ 13. Tan is opposite over adjacent, so it should use 5 and 12, not the hypotenuse 13.Correct: tan x = 512
Check. Dev’s fraction 5 ÷ 13 = 0.38461… is sin x, not tan x. The correct tan x = 0.41666…. ✓
Watch out. Tan never uses the hypotenuse.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle. Sin and cos put the shorter side on the top and the hypotenuse on the bottom.
- Look at sin θ. sin θ = O ÷ H, and the opposite side O is shorter than the hypotenuse H.O < H
- Divide. A shorter number divided by a longer number is less than 1.O ÷ H < 1, so sin θ < 1
- Same for cos. cos θ = A ÷ H and A is also shorter than H.A ÷ H < 1, so cos θ < 1
Check. Try it: with the 3, 4, 5 triangle, 3÷5 = 0.6 and 4÷5 = 0.8, both less than 1. ✓
Watch out. This is why a calculator gives an error for sin−1(1.3).
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Work out opposite ÷ hypotenuse for each triangle and compare.
- Triangle 1 (the smallest). The opposite is 1 and the hypotenuse is 2.1 ÷ 2 = 0.5
- Triangle 2. The opposite is 2 and the hypotenuse is 4.2 ÷ 4 = 0.5
- Triangle 3 (the biggest). The opposite is 3 and the hypotenuse is 6.3 ÷ 6 = 0.5
- Say what this shows. The ratio is the same because the triangles are similar. It depends only on the angle.sin 30° = 0.5
Check. A calculator confirms sin 30° = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Enlarging a triangle does not change its angles, so it does not change the ratios.
Exercise 20F Finding sides with sin, cos and tan
Calculator allowedKey words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type sin 40°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.sin 40° = 0.64278…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.sin 40° = 0.643
Check. Sin and cos of an acute angle are between 0 and 1: 0.643 fits.
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type cos 25°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.cos 25° = 0.90630…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.cos 25° = 0.906
Check. Sin and cos of an acute angle are between 0 and 1: 0.906 fits.
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type tan 63°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.tan 63° = 1.96261…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.tan 63° = 1.963
Check. Tan of an angle less than 45° is less than 1, and tan of an angle bigger than 45° is bigger than 1. ✓
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type sin 72°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.sin 72° = 0.95105…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.sin 72° = 0.951
Check. Sin and cos of an acute angle are between 0 and 1: 0.951 fits.
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type cos 58°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.cos 58° = 0.52991…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.cos 58° = 0.530
Check. Sin and cos of an acute angle are between 0 and 1: 0.530 fits.
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use the calculator in degree mode. Press the trig button, type the angle, close the bracket and press equals.
- Check the calculator is in degree mode. The screen should show D or DEG. If it shows R or G the answer will be wrong.Mode: DEG
- Type tan 18°. Some calculators need the angle after the button, some before.tan 18° = 0.32491…
- Round to 3 decimal places. Look at the fourth decimal place.tan 18° = 0.325
Check. Tan of an angle less than 45° is less than 1, and tan of an angle bigger than 45° is bigger than 1. ✓
Watch out. If your answers look odd, check DEG mode. sin 30° should be 0.5.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.10 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 30° = x10
- Multiply both sides by 10. x is being divided by 10. Multiplying both sides by 10 gets x on its own.x = 10 × sin 30°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 30°, then finish the calculation.sin 30° = 0.5
x = 10 × 0.5 = 5 - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 5.0 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 30° = 60°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 10 × cos 60° = 5, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.7.5 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 42° = x7.5
- Multiply both sides by 7.5. x is being divided by 7.5. Multiplying both sides by 7.5 gets x on its own.x = 7.5 × sin 42°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 42°, then finish the calculation.sin 42° = 0.66913…
x = 7.5 × 0.66913… = 5.01847… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 5.0 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 42° = 48°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 7.5 × cos 48° = 5.01847…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 65° = x12
- Multiply both sides by 12. x is being divided by 12. Multiplying both sides by 12 gets x on its own.x = 12 × sin 65°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 65°, then finish the calculation.sin 65° = 0.90630…
x = 12 × 0.90630… = 10.87569… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 10.9 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 65° = 25°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 12 × cos 25° = 10.87569…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.9.6 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 23° = x9.6
- Multiply both sides by 9.6. x is being divided by 9.6. Multiplying both sides by 9.6 gets x on its own.x = 9.6 × sin 23°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 23°, then finish the calculation.sin 23° = 0.39073…
x = 9.6 × 0.39073… = 3.75101… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 3.8 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 23° = 67°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 9.6 × cos 67° = 3.75101…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.15 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 40° = x15
- Multiply both sides by 15. x is being divided by 15. Multiplying both sides by 15 gets x on its own.x = 15 × cos 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 40°, then finish the calculation.cos 40° = 0.76604…
x = 15 × 0.76604… = 11.49066… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 11.5 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 15 × sin 50° = 11.49066…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.8.2 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 55° = x8.2
- Multiply both sides by 8.2. x is being divided by 8.2. Multiplying both sides by 8.2 gets x on its own.x = 8.2 × cos 55°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 55°, then finish the calculation.cos 55° = 0.57357…
x = 8.2 × 0.57357… = 4.70332… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 4.7 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 55° = 35°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 8.2 × sin 35° = 4.70332…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.11 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 28° = x11
- Multiply both sides by 11. x is being divided by 11. Multiplying both sides by 11 gets x on its own.x = 11 × cos 28°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 28°, then finish the calculation.cos 28° = 0.88294…
x = 11 × 0.88294… = 9.71242… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 9.7 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 28° = 62°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 11 × sin 62° = 9.71242…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.6.5 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 71° = x6.5
- Multiply both sides by 6.5. x is being divided by 6.5. Multiplying both sides by 6.5 gets x on its own.x = 6.5 × cos 71°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 71°, then finish the calculation.cos 71° = 0.32556…
x = 6.5 × 0.32556… = 2.11619… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 2.1 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 71° = 19°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 6.5 × sin 19° = 2.11619…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.8 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 50° = x8
- Multiply both sides by 8. x is being divided by 8. Multiplying both sides by 8 gets x on its own.x = 8 × tan 50°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 50°, then finish the calculation.tan 50° = 1.19175…
x = 8 × 1.19175… = 9.53402… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 9.5 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 50° = 40°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 8 ÷ tan 40° = 9.53402…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12.5 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 33° = x12.5
- Multiply both sides by 12.5. x is being divided by 12.5. Multiplying both sides by 12.5 gets x on its own.x = 12.5 × tan 33°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 33°, then finish the calculation.tan 33° = 0.64940…
x = 12.5 × 0.64940… = 8.11759… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 8.1 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 33° = 57°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 12.5 ÷ tan 57° = 8.11759…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.5.4 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 68° = x5.4
- Multiply both sides by 5.4. x is being divided by 5.4. Multiplying both sides by 5.4 gets x on its own.x = 5.4 × tan 68°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 68°, then finish the calculation.tan 68° = 2.47508…
x = 5.4 × 2.47508… = 13.36546… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 13.4 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 68° = 22°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 5.4 ÷ tan 22° = 13.36546…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.15 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 20° = x15
- Multiply both sides by 15. x is being divided by 15. Multiplying both sides by 15 gets x on its own.x = 15 × tan 20°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 20°, then finish the calculation.tan 20° = 0.36397…
x = 15 × 0.36397… = 5.45955… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 5.5 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 20° = 70°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 15 ÷ tan 70° = 5.45955…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.9 cm is the opposite.
x is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 35° = 9x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × sin 35° = 9
- Divide both sides by sin 35°. This leaves x on its own.x = 9sin 35° = 9 ÷ sin 35°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 35°, then finish the calculation.sin 35° = 0.57357…
x = 9 ÷ 0.57357… = 15.69102… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 15.7 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 35° = 55°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 9 ÷ cos 55° = 15.69102…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.7 cm is the adjacent.
x is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 48° = 7x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × cos 48° = 7
- Divide both sides by cos 48°. This leaves x on its own.x = 7cos 48° = 7 ÷ cos 48°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 48°, then finish the calculation.cos 48° = 0.66913…
x = 7 ÷ 0.66913… = 10.46133… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 10.5 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 48° = 42°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 7 ÷ sin 42° = 10.46133…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.5.5 cm is the opposite.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 62° = 5.5x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × tan 62° = 5.5
- Divide both sides by tan 62°. This leaves x on its own.x = 5.5tan 62° = 5.5 ÷ tan 62°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 62°, then finish the calculation.tan 62° = 1.88072…
x = 5.5 ÷ 1.88072… = 2.92440… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 2.9 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 62° = 28°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 5.5 × tan 28° = 2.92440…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.14 cm is the adjacent.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 26° = x14
- Multiply both sides by 14. x is being divided by 14. Multiplying both sides by 14 gets x on its own.x = 14 × tan 26°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 26°, then finish the calculation.tan 26° = 0.48773…
x = 14 × 0.48773… = 6.82825… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 6.8 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 26° = 64°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 14 ÷ tan 64° = 6.82825…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.19.4 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 36° = x19.4
- Multiply both sides by 19.4. x is being divided by 19.4. Multiplying both sides by 19.4 gets x on its own.x = 19.4 × sin 36°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 36°, then finish the calculation.sin 36° = 0.58778…
x = 19.4 × 0.58778… = 11.40303… - Round to 3 s.f.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 11.4 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 36° = 54°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 19.4 × cos 54° = 11.40303…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.3.8 m is the opposite.
x is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 57° = 3.8x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × sin 57° = 3.8
- Divide both sides by sin 57°. This leaves x on its own.x = 3.8sin 57° = 3.8 ÷ sin 57°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 57°, then finish the calculation.sin 57° = 0.83867…
x = 3.8 ÷ 0.83867… = 4.53098… - Round to 2 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 4.53 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 57° = 33°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 3.8 ÷ cos 33° = 4.53098…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw a sketch. The wall is vertical and the ground is horizontal, so the ladder, wall and ground form a right-angled triangle. The ladder is the hypotenuse.Ladder (H) = 6.5 m, angle with the ground = 68°, height up the wall = h (the side opposite the angle).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.6.5 m is the hypotenuse.
h is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 68° = h6.5
- Multiply both sides by 6.5. h is being divided by 6.5. Multiplying both sides by 6.5 gets h on its own.h = 6.5 × sin 68°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 68°, then finish the calculation.sin 68° = 0.92718…
h = 6.5 × 0.92718… = 6.02669… - Round to 2 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.h = 6.03 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 68° = 22°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: h = 6.5 × cos 22° = 6.02669…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw a sketch. The slope of the slide is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle. The height of the slide is the side opposite the 38° angle.Slide length (H) = 3.2 m, angle = 38°, height = h (O).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.3.2 m is the hypotenuse.
h is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 38° = h3.2
- Multiply both sides by 3.2. h is being divided by 3.2. Multiplying both sides by 3.2 gets h on its own.h = 3.2 × sin 38°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 38°, then finish the calculation.sin 38° = 0.61566…
h = 3.2 × 0.61566… = 1.97011… - Round to 2 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.h = 1.97 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 38° = 52°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: h = 3.2 × cos 52° = 1.97011…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw a sketch. The kite string is the hypotenuse. The horizontal ground distance is next to the angle at the ground, so it is the adjacent side.String (H) = 45 m, angle = 52° with the ground, horizontal distance = d (A).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.45 m is the hypotenuse.
d is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 52° = d45
- Multiply both sides by 45. d is being divided by 45. Multiplying both sides by 45 gets d on its own.d = 45 × cos 52°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 52°, then finish the calculation.cos 52° = 0.61566…
d = 45 × 0.61566… = 27.70476… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.d = 27.7 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 52° = 38°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: d = 45 × sin 38° = 27.70476…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw a sketch. The ramp is the hypotenuse, so the length we want is the hypotenuse. The 0.6 m rise is opposite the 7° angle.Rise (O) = 0.6 m, angle = 7°, ramp length = L (H).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.0.6 m is the opposite.
L is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 7° = 0.6L
- Multiply both sides by L. L is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by L brings it to the top.L × sin 7° = 0.6
- Divide both sides by sin 7°. This leaves L on its own.L = 0.6sin 7° = 0.6 ÷ sin 7°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 7°, then finish the calculation.sin 7° = 0.12186…
L = 0.6 ÷ 0.12186… = 4.92330… - Round to 2 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.L = 4.92 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 7° = 83°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: L = 0.6 ÷ cos 83° = 4.92330…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12 cm is the hypotenuse.
y is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 34° = y12
- Multiply both sides by 12. y is being divided by 12. Multiplying both sides by 12 gets y on its own.y = 12 × sin 34°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 34°, then finish the calculation.sin 34° = 0.55919…
y = 12 × 0.55919… = 6.71031… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.y = 6.7 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 34° = 56°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: y = 12 × cos 56° = 6.71031…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 34° = x12
- Multiply both sides by 12. x is being divided by 12. Multiplying both sides by 12 gets x on its own.x = 12 × cos 34°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 34°, then finish the calculation.cos 34° = 0.82903…
x = 12 × 0.82903… = 9.94845… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 9.9 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 34° = 56°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: x = 12 × sin 56° = 9.94845…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Anya used cos, but the sides involved are the hypotenuse and the side opposite the angle. Find the correct ratio.
- Label the sides. The 10 cm side is opposite the right angle: it is H. The side x is across from the 40° angle: it is O.We have H and want O.
- Choose the ratio. O and H together make SOH.sin 40° = x10
- Solve. Multiply both sides by 10.x = 10 × sin 40° = 10 × 0.64278… = 6.42787…
- Compare with Anya. Anya’s cos 40° would give the adjacent side, which is a different length.Anya’s answer: 10 × cos 40° = 7.66044…. The correct answer: x = 6.4 cm.
Check. The side opposite 40° must be shorter than the side opposite the bigger angle (50°): 6.4 < 7.7. ✓
Watch out. Label O, A and H first. It takes ten seconds and stops the wrong ratio.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. First find the two shorter sides with trigonometry, then add all three sides.
- Find the side opposite the 36° angle. We have H = 10 and want O, so use sin.O = 10 × sin 36° = 10 × 0.58778… = 5.87785…
- Find the side next to the 36° angle. We have H = 10 and want A, so use cos.A = 10 × cos 36° = 10 × 0.80901… = 8.09016…
- Add the three sides. The perimeter is the distance all the way round. Use the unrounded values and round once at the end.10 + 5.87785… + 8.09016… = 23.96802…
- Round. To 1 decimal place.Perimeter = 24.0 cm
Check. Pythagoras check: 5.87785…2 + 8.09016…2 = 100.00, which is 102 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Do not round the two sides before adding, or the total can be out by 0.1.
Trigonometry: finding angles
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
In the last section we knew an angle and wanted a side. Now we know two sides and want the angle. The method is almost the same, but at the end we use the inverse function.
Think about sin 30° = 0.5. Sin takes an angle (30°) and gives a ratio (0.5). The inverse function goes the other way: it takes the ratio and gives the angle. It is written sin−1 and said “inverse sine” (or “arcsin”). So sin−1(0.5) = 30°. On a calculator you press SHIFT (or 2ndF) and then sin, cos or tan. This is not the same as 1 ÷ sin. The little −1 is just a name.
The method for finding an angle.
- Label the two sides you know as O, A or H, measured from the angle you want.
- Choose the ratio (SOH, CAH or TOA) that uses those two sides.
- Write the ratio as a fraction with the numbers: for example tan θ = 5 ÷ 8.
- Use the inverse button on the calculator: θ = tan−1(5 ÷ 8).
- Round sensibly and write the degree sign.
Do not round the fraction before pressing the inverse button, because the rounding error in the ratio makes the angle less accurate. Use the fraction key, or put the division in brackets.
Two checks help. First, an angle in a right-angled triangle is less than 90°. Second, the biggest side is opposite the biggest angle, so if the opposite side is long the angle should be large. We also use this method when the triangle is hidden in another shape, for example an isosceles triangle cut in half, or a rectangle with its diagonal drawn in.
Key ideas
- To find an angle, use the inverse function: sin−1, cos−1 or tan−1 (SHIFT then sin, cos or tan).
- If sin θ = 0.5 then θ = sin−1(0.5) = 30°.
- Choose the ratio from the two sides you know.
- Do not round the ratio before using the inverse.
- Check: the angle must be less than 90° and the biggest side is opposite the biggest angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.6.7 cm is the opposite.
10 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 6.710 = 0.67
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(6.710) = sin−1(0.67) = 42.06706…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 42.1°
Check. Work forwards: sin 42.1° = 0.670 and the ratio was 0.670. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5 cm is the opposite.
8 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 58 = 0.625
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(58) = tan−1(0.625) = 32.00538…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 32.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 32.0° = 0.625 and the ratio was 0.625. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.4.5 m is the adjacent.
9 m is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 4.59 = 0.5
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(4.59) = cos−1(0.5) = 60°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 60.0°
Check. Work forwards: cos 60.0° = 0.500 and the ratio was 0.500. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw the line of symmetry. In an isosceles triangle the line of symmetry cuts the base in half at 90° and makes two right-angled triangles. We use one of them.Half the base = 12 ÷ 2 = 6 cm. The slanting side is 10 cm (hypotenuse).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.6 cm is the adjacent.
10 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 610 = 0.6
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(610) = cos−1(0.6) = 53.13010…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 53.1°
Check. Work forwards: cos 53.1° = 0.600 and the ratio was 0.600. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Watch out
Use the inverse button, not the normal one. If you type sin(0.67) you get 0.0117…, not the angle. Also remember to put the degree sign in the answer. And if your calculator gives an error for sin−1 or cos−1, check that the number you typed is not bigger than 1: the hypotenuse must be on the bottom.Exercise 20G Finding angles with the inverse functions
Calculator allowedKey words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The inverse function turns a ratio back into an angle. Use SHIFT (or 2nd) and the trig button.
- Write what we know. sin x equals the ratio.sin x = 0.6 = 0.6
- Press SHIFT, then sin, to get sin−1. The calculator now finds the angle whose sin is the number we type.x = sin−1(0.6) = 36.86989…°
- Round to 1 decimal place. x = 36.9°
Check. sin 36.9° = 0.600, which matches 0.600. ✓
Watch out. Use sin−1 (SHIFT sin) to find an angle. Plain sin finds a ratio from an angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The inverse function turns a ratio back into an angle. Use SHIFT (or 2nd) and the trig button.
- Write what we know. cos x equals the ratio.cos x = 0.25 = 0.25
- Press SHIFT, then cos, to get cos−1. The calculator now finds the angle whose cos is the number we type.x = cos−1(0.25) = 75.52248…°
- Round to 1 decimal place. x = 75.5°
Check. cos 75.5° = 0.250, which matches 0.250. ✓
Watch out. Use cos−1 (SHIFT cos) to find an angle. Plain cos finds a ratio from an angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The inverse function turns a ratio back into an angle. Use SHIFT (or 2nd) and the trig button.
- Write what we know. tan x equals the ratio.tan x = 1.2 = 1.2
- Press SHIFT, then tan, to get tan−1. The calculator now finds the angle whose tan is the number we type.x = tan−1(1.2) = 50.19442…°
- Round to 1 decimal place. x = 50.2°
Check. tan 50.2° = 1.200, which matches 1.200. ✓
Watch out. Use tan−1 (SHIFT tan) to find an angle. Plain tan finds a ratio from an angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The inverse function turns a ratio back into an angle. Use SHIFT (or 2nd) and the trig button.
- Write what we know. sin x equals the ratio.sin x = 37 = 0.42857…
- Press SHIFT, then sin, to get sin−1. The calculator now finds the angle whose sin is the number we type.x = sin−1(0.42857…) = 25.37693…°
- Round to 1 decimal place. x = 25.4°
Check. sin 25.4° = 0.429, which matches 0.429. ✓
Watch out. Use sin−1 (SHIFT sin) to find an angle. Plain sin finds a ratio from an angle.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.4 cm is the opposite.
9 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 49 = 0.44444…
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(49) = sin−1(0.44444…) = 26.38779…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 26.4°
Check. Work forwards: sin 26.4° = 0.44 and the ratio was 0.44. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.7.5 cm is the opposite.
12 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 7.512 = 0.625
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(7.512) = sin−1(0.625) = 38.68218…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 38.7°
Check. Work forwards: sin 38.7° = 0.625 and the ratio was 0.625. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.3.2 cm is the opposite.
5 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 3.25 = 0.64
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(3.25) = sin−1(0.64) = 39.79181…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 39.8°
Check. Work forwards: sin 39.8° = 0.640 and the ratio was 0.640. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.16 cm is the opposite.
21 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 1621 = 0.76190…
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(1621) = sin−1(0.76190…) = 49.63240…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 49.6°
Check. Work forwards: sin 49.6° = 0.762 and the ratio was 0.762. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.6 cm is the adjacent.
10 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 610 = 0.6
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(610) = cos−1(0.6) = 53.13010…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 53.1°
Check. Work forwards: cos 53.1° = 0.600 and the ratio was 0.600. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.3.8 cm is the adjacent.
8 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 3.88 = 0.475
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(3.88) = cos−1(0.475) = 61.64064…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 61.6°
Check. Work forwards: cos 61.6° = 0.48 and the ratio was 0.48. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.12 cm is the adjacent.
15 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 1215 = 0.8
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(1215) = cos−1(0.8) = 36.86989…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 36.9°
Check. Work forwards: cos 36.9° = 0.800 and the ratio was 0.800. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5.5 cm is the adjacent.
7.2 cm is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 5.57.2 = 0.76388…
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(5.57.2) = cos−1(0.76388…) = 40.19175…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 40.2°
Check. Work forwards: cos 40.2° = 0.764 and the ratio was 0.764. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5 cm is the opposite.
8 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 58 = 0.625
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(58) = tan−1(0.625) = 32.00538…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 32.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 32.0° = 0.625 and the ratio was 0.625. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.9 cm is the opposite.
4 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 94 = 2.25
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(94) = tan−1(2.25) = 66.03751…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 66.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 66.0° = 2.25 and the ratio was 2.25. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.7.5 cm is the opposite.
7.5 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 7.57.5 = 1
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(7.57.5) = tan−1(1) = 45°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 45.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 45.0° = 1.000 and the ratio was 1.000. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.2.4 cm is the opposite.
11 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 2.411 = 0.21818…
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(2.411) = tan−1(0.21818…) = 12.30801…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 12.3°
Check. Work forwards: tan 12.3° = 0.218 and the ratio was 0.218. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5 cm is the opposite.
12 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 512 = 0.41666…
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(512) = tan−1(0.41666…) = 22.61986…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 22.6°
Check. Work forwards: tan 22.6° = 0.42 and the ratio was 0.42. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw a sketch. The ramp is the hypotenuse. The height it rises is opposite the angle x at the bottom of the ramp.Ramp (H) = 5 m, rise (O) = 0.8 m, angle with the ground = x.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.0.8 m is the opposite.
5 m is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = hypotenuse).sin x = 0.85 = 0.16
- Use the inverse function sin−1. We know the value of sin x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then sin) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = sin−1(0.85) = sin−1(0.16) = 9.20689…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 9.2°
Check. Work forwards: sin 9.2° = 0.160 and the ratio was 0.160. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (sin−1), not sin. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw a sketch. The ladder is the hypotenuse. The distance 1.6 m along the ground is next to the angle, so it is the adjacent side.Ladder (H) = 6 m, foot of ladder to wall (A) = 1.6 m, angle with the ground = x.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.1.6 m is the adjacent.
6 m is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We know the adjacent and the hypotenuse, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = adjacent, bottom = hypotenuse).cos x = 1.66 = 0.26666…
- Use the inverse function cos−1. We know the value of cos x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then cos) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = cos−1(1.66) = cos−1(0.26666…) = 74.53399…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 74.5°
Check. Work forwards: cos 74.5° = 0.267 and the ratio was 0.267. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (cos−1), not cos. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw a sketch. The diagonal of a rectangle cuts it into two right-angled triangles. The 5 cm side is opposite the angle x at the corner, and the 12 cm side is adjacent.O = 5 cm, A = 12 cm.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5 cm is the opposite.
12 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 512 = 0.41666…
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(512) = tan−1(0.41666…) = 22.61986…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 22.6°
Check. Work forwards: tan 22.6° = 0.42 and the ratio was 0.42. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Think of the gradient as a ratio. A road with gradient 1 in 8 rises 1 m for every 8 m along the horizontal. So the opposite side is 1 and the adjacent side is 8.O = 1, A = 8.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.1 m is the opposite.
8 m is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 18 = 0.125
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(18) = tan−1(0.125) = 7.12501…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 7.1°
Check. Work forwards: tan 7.1° = 0.125 and the ratio was 0.125. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. From the origin O to the point P(8, 5), go 8 across and 5 up. The line OP is the hypotenuse, 5 is opposite the angle x at the origin and 8 is adjacent.O = 5, A = 8.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.5 is the opposite.
8 is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 58 = 0.625
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(58) = tan−1(0.625) = 32.00538…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 32.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 32.0° = 0.625 and the ratio was 0.625. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Sine is O ÷ H, and the opposite side can never be longer than the hypotenuse.
- Say what the number means. If sin x = 1.3, then O ÷ H = 1.3, so O would be 1.3 times as long as H.O = 1.3 × H
- Compare with the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle, so O must be shorter than H.1.3 × H is longer than H, which is impossible.
- Check with the calculator. The calculator shows an error (Math ERROR) for sin−1(1.3).No angle has a sine bigger than 1.
Check. Sin and cos of any angle are between −1 and 1; for angles in a right-angled triangle they are between 0 and 1. ✓
Watch out. An error from the inverse button usually means the ratio is upside-down.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Find the angle from the sides, then see whether it equals 30°.
- Label the sides. The side across from the angle is O = 6 and the hypotenuse is H = 12.O = 6, H = 12
- Choose the ratio. O and H make SOH.sin x = 612 = 0.5
- Use the inverse sine. This turns 0.5 back into an angle.x = sin−1(0.5) = 30°
- State the conclusion. The angle is exactly 30°, as required.
Check. A right-angled triangle with hypotenuse 12 and angle 30° has opposite side 12 × sin 30° = 12 × 0.5 = 6. ✓
Watch out. In a “show that” question the answer is given. You must show how it arises.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use trigonometry for the two acute angles, then use the angle sum of a triangle as a check.
- Find angle A. At A the opposite side is 5 and the adjacent is 12. TOA.tan A = 512, A = tan−1(0.41666…) = 22.61986…°
- Find angle B. At B the opposite side is 12 and the adjacent is 5. TOA.tan B = 125, B = tan−1(2.4) = 67.38013…°
- The right angle. The angle at C is 90°.C = 90°
- Round and add. The three angles of a triangle add to 180°.A = 22.6°, B = 67.4°, C = 90°
22.6 + 67.4 + 90 = 180.0
Check. The angles add up to 180°. Also the longest side (13) is opposite the biggest angle (90°). ✓
Watch out. After finding two angles, check that all three add to 180°.
Angles of elevation and depression, and bearings
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Angle of elevation. When you look up at something, the angle between the horizontal line and your line of sight is the angle of elevation. Angle of depression. When you look down at something, the angle between the horizontal line and your line of sight is the angle of depression. Both angles are always measured from the horizontal, never from the vertical.
The horizontal line from the top of the cliff and the ground are parallel. So the angle of depression at the top and the angle of elevation of the top from the boat are alternate angles (Chapter 17), and they are equal. This is why we can use the angle at the bottom in the triangle, even though the question gives the angle at the top.
Bearings. A bearing is a direction measured clockwise from north, written with three digits. North is 000°, east is 090°, south is 180° and west is 270°. To go back, the back bearing is the original bearing plus or minus 180°. For example the bearing of B from A is 070°, so the bearing of A from B is 250°. Chapter 22 covers bearings in more detail. Here we use right-angled triangles to solve bearing problems.
When a ship sails on a bearing, draw a north line at the start, mark the bearing angle clockwise from it, and then make a right-angled triangle with east-west and north-south lines. The north line is the side next to the bearing angle, and the east line is opposite it. So for a distance d on a bearing b:
distance east = d sin b distance north = d cos b
These two formulas work for every bearing. If the answer is negative, it means west (for east) or south (for north).
Key ideas
- Elevation: looking up from the horizontal. Depression: looking down from the horizontal.
- The angle of depression from the top equals the angle of elevation from the bottom (alternate angles).
- Bearings: clockwise from north, three digits. Back bearing = bearing ± 180°.
- Draw the right-angled triangle and use SOH CAH TOA or Pythagoras.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The tower is vertical and the ground is horizontal, so they make a right angle. The angle of elevation is at the observer, between the ground and the line of sight.Opposite the angle: tower height 45 m. Adjacent to the angle: 60 m along the ground.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.45 m is the opposite.
60 m is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 4560 = 0.75
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(4560) = tan−1(0.75) = 36.86989…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 36.9°
Check. Work forwards: tan 36.9° = 0.75 and the ratio was 0.75. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The angle of elevation is 32° at the observer. The height of the tree is vertical, so it is opposite the angle. The ground distance is adjacent.Adjacent = 50 m, opposite = h.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.50 m is the adjacent.
h is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 32° = h50
- Multiply both sides by 50. h is being divided by 50. Multiplying both sides by 50 gets h on its own.h = 50 × tan 32°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 32°, then finish the calculation.tan 32° = 0.62486…
h = 50 × 0.62486… = 31.24346… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.h = 31.2 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 32° = 58°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: h = 50 ÷ tan 58° = 31.24346…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The cliff is vertical, so the cliff and the sea level make a right angle. The angle of depression 25° at the top equals the angle at the boat (alternate angles).At the boat the angle is 25°. The cliff height 80 m is opposite that angle. The distance x from the cliff is adjacent.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.80 m is the opposite.
x is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 25° = 80x
- Multiply both sides by x. x is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by x brings it to the top.x × tan 25° = 80
- Divide both sides by tan 25°. This leaves x on its own.x = 80tan 25° = 80 ÷ tan 25°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 25°, then finish the calculation.tan 25° = 0.46630…
x = 80 ÷ 0.46630… = 171.56055… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 171.6 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 25° = 65°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: x = 80 × tan 65° = 171.56055…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The east and south journeys are at right angles, so use Pythagoras for the distance and tan for the angle. Then use the back bearing rule.
- Draw the journey. Draw a north line at A. B is due east of A (bearing 090°), and C is due south of B (bearing 180° from B). The angle at B is 90°.AB = 12 km, BC = 5 km.
- Find the distance AC. AC is the hypotenuse of the right-angled triangle ABC.AC2 = 122 + 52 = 144 + 25 = 169, so AC = 13 km
- Find angle BAC. At A: the opposite side is BC = 5 and the adjacent is AB = 12 (TOA).tan BAC = 512 = 0.41666…
BAC = tan−1(0.41666…) = 22.61986…° - Find the bearing of C from A. Bearings are measured clockwise from north. East is 090°, and C is further round (towards south) by angle BAC.Bearing = 90° + 22.6° = 112.6°
- Find the bearing of A from C. The back bearing is 180° more (or less).112.6° + 180° = 292.6°, which is 293° to the nearest degree.
Check. Another way: at C the north line points towards B, so angle ACB = 90° − 22.6° = 67.4°. A is to the west of that line, so the bearing is 360° − 67.4° = 292.6°. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point you measure a bearing from. The bearing at C uses the north line at C.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The path, the north line and the east line make a right-angled triangle. The bearing angle is between the north line and the path.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. Draw a north line at P. The path to Q makes 60° with it. Go east and north to complete the right angle.Hypotenuse = 20 km. The angle at P (between north and the path) = 60°.
- Label from the 60° angle. The north side is next to the 60° angle (adjacent). The east side is across from it (opposite).North = A, East = O, path = H
- Find the distance east. H and O make SOH.East = 20 × sin 60° = 20 × 0.86602… = 17.32050… km = 17.3 km
- Find the distance north. H and A make CAH.North = 20 × cos 60° = 20 × 0.5 = 10 km = 10.0 km
Check. Pythagoras: 17.32 + 10.02 = 399.3, which is 202 = 400. ✓
Watch out. The bearing is measured from north, so the north side is the adjacent, not the opposite.
Watch out
Bearings start from north and go clockwise, and need three figures (so 40° is written 040°). Draw a north line at every point where you measure a bearing. For the angle of depression, the angle is below the horizontal at the top, not the angle between the line of sight and the cliff.Exercise 20H Elevation, depression and bearings
Calculator allowedKey words. Elevation is an angle upwards from the horizontal. Depression is an angle downwards from the horizontal.
Method. Decide whether the line of sight goes up or down from the horizontal.
- Find the horizontal line. The dashed line along the ground is the horizontal at the observer.The horizontal is at the observer’s feet.
- See where the line of sight goes. The line of sight goes up to the top of the tower.Looking up from the horizontal means an angle of elevation.
Check. If you look up, the angle is of elevation. ✓
Watch out. Elevation: up. Depression: down. Both are measured from the horizontal.
Key words. Elevation is an angle upwards from the horizontal. Depression is an angle downwards from the horizontal.
Method. Decide whether the line of sight goes up or down from the horizontal.
- Find the horizontal line. The dashed line from the observer on top of the cliff is the horizontal.The horizontal is level with the observer’s eyes.
- See where the line of sight goes. The line of sight goes down to the boat.Looking down from the horizontal means an angle of depression.
Check. If you look down, the angle is of depression. ✓
Watch out. The angle of depression is not the angle with the vertical cliff.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The flagpole is vertical and the ground is horizontal. The angle of elevation 40° is at the observer, so the height is opposite it and the 30 m on the ground is adjacent.Adjacent = 30 m, opposite = h.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.30 m is the adjacent.
h is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 40° = h30
- Multiply both sides by 30. h is being divided by 30. Multiplying both sides by 30 gets h on its own.h = 30 × tan 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 40°, then finish the calculation.tan 40° = 0.83909…
h = 30 × 0.83909… = 25.17298… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.h = 25.2 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: h = 30 ÷ tan 50° = 25.17298…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The tree is vertical, so the tree and the ground make a right angle. The angle of elevation x is at the observer: the tree height 12 m is opposite it and the ground distance 20 m is adjacent.Opposite = 12 m, adjacent = 20 m.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.12 m is the opposite.
20 m is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 1220 = 0.6
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(1220) = tan−1(0.6) = 30.96375…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 31.0°
Check. Work forwards: tan 31.0° = 0.60 and the ratio was 0.60. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The angle of depression 15° at the top equals the angle at the boat (alternate angles). The lighthouse height 60 m is opposite that angle, and the distance d is adjacent.Opposite = 60 m, adjacent = d.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.60 m is the opposite.
d is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 15° = 60d
- Multiply both sides by d. d is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by d brings it to the top.d × tan 15° = 60
- Divide both sides by tan 15°. This leaves d on its own.d = 60tan 15° = 60 ÷ tan 15°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 15°, then finish the calculation.tan 15° = 0.26794…
d = 60 ÷ 0.26794… = 223.92304… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.d = 223.9 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 15° = 75°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: d = 60 × tan 75° = 223.92304…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The aircraft is directly above a point on the ground at distance d from the airport. The angle of elevation 22° is at the airport, so the height 3000 m is opposite and d is adjacent.Opposite = 3000 m, adjacent = d.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.3000 m is the opposite.
d is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 22° = 3000d
- Multiply both sides by d. d is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by d brings it to the top.d × tan 22° = 3000
- Divide both sides by tan 22°. This leaves d on its own.d = 3000tan 22° = 3000 ÷ tan 22°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 22°, then finish the calculation.tan 22° = 0.40402…
d = 3000 ÷ 0.40402… = 7425.26056… - Round to 0 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.d = 7425 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 22° = 68°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: d = 3000 × tan 68° = 7425.26056…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The window is 12 m above the ground. The angle of depression 35° equals the angle at the car (alternate angles), so 12 m is opposite and the distance d from the wall is adjacent.Opposite = 12 m, adjacent = d.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.12 m is the opposite.
d is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 35° = 12d
- Multiply both sides by d. d is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by d brings it to the top.d × tan 35° = 12
- Divide both sides by tan 35°. This leaves d on its own.d = 12tan 35° = 12 ÷ tan 35°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 35°, then finish the calculation.tan 35° = 0.70020…
d = 12 ÷ 0.70020… = 17.13777… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.d = 17.1 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 35° = 55°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: d = 12 × tan 55° = 17.13777…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. East and north are at right angles, so use Pythagoras for the distance and tan for the bearing.
- Draw the journey. The ship sails 5 km east and then 12 km north. The path and the straight line from the start make a right-angled triangle.East 5 km, north 12 km.
- Find the distance. The distance from the start is the hypotenuse.52 + 122 = 25 + 144 = 169, so distance = 13 km
- Find the bearing. The bearing is measured clockwise from north. Draw a north line at the start. The angle x between north and the line to the ship has opposite = 5 (east) and adjacent = 12 (north). TOA.tan x = 512, x = tan−1(0.41666…) = 22.61986…°
- Write the bearing with three figures. Round to the nearest degree and write it as three digits.Bearing = 023°
Check. The ship is mostly north and a bit east, so the bearing should be just over 000°. 023° fits. ✓
Watch out. The bearing is the angle from north, so with north 12 and east 5 the angle uses tan−1(5 ÷ 12), not (12 ÷ 5).
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The bearing 040° is the angle between the north line and the path. The east distance is opposite that angle.Hypotenuse = 150 km, angle at the start = 40°, east = E (opposite).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.150 km is the hypotenuse.
E is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 40° = E150
- Multiply both sides by 150. E is being divided by 150. Multiplying both sides by 150 gets E on its own.E = 150 × sin 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 40°, then finish the calculation.sin 40° = 0.64278…
E = 150 × 0.64278… = 96.41814… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.E = 96.4 km
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: E = 150 × cos 50° = 96.41814…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The bearing 040° is the angle between the north line and the path. The north distance is adjacent to that angle.Hypotenuse = 150 km, angle at the start = 40°, north = N (adjacent).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.150 km is the hypotenuse.
N is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.cos 40° = N150
- Multiply both sides by 150. N is being divided by 150. Multiplying both sides by 150 gets N on its own.N = 150 × cos 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find cos 40°, then finish the calculation.cos 40° = 0.76604…
N = 150 × 0.76604… = 114.90666… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.N = 114.9 km
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use sin: N = 150 × sin 50° = 114.90666…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use Pythagoras for the distance, then tan for an angle, then fit the angle into the bearing.
- Sketch the positions. Take the port P as the origin. A is 8 km north of P and B is 6 km east of P. Triangle PAB has a right angle at P.PA = 8 km, PB = 6 km.
- Find AB. AB is the hypotenuse.AB2 = 82 + 62 = 64 + 36 = 100, so AB = 10 km
- Find angle PAB. At A: opposite = PB = 6, adjacent = PA = 8. TOA.tan PAB = 68 = 0.75
PAB = tan−1(0.75) = 36.86989…° - Find the bearing of B from A. At A the north line points away from P, and P is due south of A (180°). B is round from south towards the east by angle PAB, so we take it away from 180°.Bearing = 180° − 36.9° = 143.1°
To the nearest degree: 143°
Check. B is south-east of A, so the bearing should be between 090° and 180°. 143° fits. ✓
Watch out. Draw the north line at A, not at P.
Key words. A bearing is an angle measured clockwise from north, written with three figures. The back bearing is the bearing for the return trip.
Method. A back bearing points the opposite way. Add 180°, or subtract 180° if the bearing is more than 180°.
- Decide whether to add or subtract. Bearings go from 000° to 360°. If the bearing is less than 180° add 180°; if it is more, subtract 180°.70° is less than 180°, so add 180°.
- Work it out. Write the answer with three figures.70° + 180° = 250°
Check. The two bearings differ by exactly 180°: 180. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point. The two north lines are parallel, so alternate angles show the 180° difference.
Key words. A bearing is an angle measured clockwise from north, written with three figures. The back bearing is the bearing for the return trip.
Method. A back bearing points the opposite way. Add 180°, or subtract 180° if the bearing is more than 180°.
- Decide whether to add or subtract. Bearings go from 000° to 360°. If the bearing is less than 180° add 180°; if it is more, subtract 180°.125° is less than 180°, so add 180°.
- Work it out. Write the answer with three figures.125° + 180° = 305°
Check. The two bearings differ by exactly 180°: 180. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point. The two north lines are parallel, so alternate angles show the 180° difference.
Key words. A bearing is an angle measured clockwise from north, written with three figures. The back bearing is the bearing for the return trip.
Method. A back bearing points the opposite way. Add 180°, or subtract 180° if the bearing is more than 180°.
- Decide whether to add or subtract. Bearings go from 000° to 360°. If the bearing is less than 180° add 180°; if it is more, subtract 180°.310° is more than 180°, so subtract 180°.
- Work it out. Write the answer with three figures.310° − 180° = 130°
Check. The two bearings differ by exactly 180°: 180. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point. The two north lines are parallel, so alternate angles show the 180° difference.
Key words. A bearing is an angle measured clockwise from north, written with three figures. The back bearing is the bearing for the return trip.
Method. A back bearing points the opposite way. Add 180°, or subtract 180° if the bearing is more than 180°.
- Decide whether to add or subtract. Bearings go from 000° to 360°. If the bearing is less than 180° add 180°; if it is more, subtract 180°.205° is more than 180°, so subtract 180°.
- Work it out. Write the answer with three figures.205° − 180° = 025°
Check. The two bearings differ by exactly 180°: 180. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point. The two north lines are parallel, so alternate angles show the 180° difference.
Key words. Alternate angles are equal angles between parallel lines, in a Z shape.
Method. Draw the horizontal line at A and the horizontal line (sea level) at B. They are parallel. The line of sight AB crosses both.
- Mark the angles. The angle of depression is between the horizontal at A and the line AB. The angle of elevation is between the line BA and the horizontal at B.Angle of depression at A = 30° (given).
- Name the angle pair. The two horizontal lines are parallel and AB is a transversal. The two angles are on opposite sides of the transversal and between the parallel lines (Z-shape).They are alternate angles.
- Use the alternate angle rule. Alternate angles are equal.Angle of elevation at B = 30°.
Check. Draw the Z shape: the line from A to B is the diagonal of the Z, and the angles are in the two corners. ✓
Watch out. Name the rule: “alternate angles are equal”.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Show that the two parts of the walk are at right angles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Find the angle at B. The first leg is on 035° and the second is on 125°. The directions differ by 125° − 35° = 90°, so the two legs are at right angles.125 − 35 = 90, so angle ABC = 90°.
- Find the distance AC. AC is the hypotenuse of the right-angled triangle ABC.AC2 = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100, so AC = 10 km
- Say what it shows. 6, 8, 10 is a Pythagorean triple.The hiker is 10 km from the start.
Check. Using coordinates: C = (9.99467…, 0.32630…) and its distance from A is √(99.89352… + 0.10647…) = 10. ✓
Watch out. Two directions that differ by 90° make a right angle.
Exact values of sin, cos and tan
Printable: Worksheet (PDF) · Answers (PDF) · Open this lesson on its own page
Most trigonometry answers are rounded decimals from a calculator. But for a few special angles, the ratios can be written exactly, using fractions and square roots. You need to know these exact values for 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 90°. They come up in non-calculator exam questions.
You do not have to learn them by heart. Two simple triangles give you all of them.
The 45° triangle. Take a square of side 1 and cut it along a diagonal. You get a right-angled triangle with two equal sides of length 1 and two angles of 45°. By Pythagoras the hypotenuse is √(12 + 12) = √2.
The 30° and 60° triangle. Take an equilateral triangle of side 2 and cut it in half down the middle. You get a right-angled triangle with angles 30°, 60° and 90°. The shortest side is 1 (half of the base 2), the hypotenuse is 2, and the third side is √(22 − 12) = √3.
Now use SOH CAH TOA. For example, in the 30°–60°–90° triangle, for the 30° angle the opposite side is 1 and the hypotenuse is 2, so sin 30° = 1÷2. For the 60° angle the opposite side is √3, so sin 60° = √3÷2. For tan 30° we get 1÷√3. We usually remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by √3, which gives √3÷3. This is called rationalising the denominator.
The values for 0° and 90° come from a triangle that has been squashed flat (0°) or stretched upright (90°). Here is the complete table:
| θ | 0° | 30° | 45° | 60° | 90° |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| sin θ | 0 | 12 | √22 | √32 | 1 |
| cos θ | 1 | √32 | √22 | 12 | 0 |
| tan θ | 0 | √33 | 1 | √3 | undefined |
A pattern to help you remember sin: the values are √0÷2, √1÷2, √2÷2, √3÷2, √4÷2, which simplify to 0, ½, √2÷2, √3÷2, 1. The cos row is the sin row backwards. And tan = sin ÷ cos.
Key ideas
- sin 30° = ½ cos 60° = ½ sin 60° = cos 30° = √3÷2 sin 45° = cos 45° = √2÷2.
- tan 30° = √3÷3 (or 1÷√3), tan 45° = 1, tan 60° = √3. tan 90° is undefined.
- sin 0° = 0, cos 0° = 1, tan 0° = 0; sin 90° = 1, cos 90° = 0.
- Rationalise: 1÷√2 = √2÷2 and 1÷√3 = √3÷3.
- Exact answers keep the √ and the fractions. Do not use decimals.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 60° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = √3, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 60° angle).
- Write the ratio for sin. SOH: sin = opposite ÷ hypotenuse.sin 60° = √32
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.sin 60° = √32
Check. Calculator: sin 60° = 0.86602… and the exact value is 0.86602…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 30° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = √3, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 30° angle).
- Write the ratio for tan. TOA: tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 30° = 1√3
- Rationalise the denominator. We do not leave a square root on the bottom. Multiply the top and the bottom by √3.1√3 = 1 × √3√3 × √3 = √33
Check. Calculator: tan 30° = 0.57735… and the exact value is 0.57735…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.sin 60° = √32
cos 30° = √32 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.sin 60° × cos 30° = √32 × √32
- Work it out exactly. To multiply fractions, multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms. Then simplify.√32 × √32 = 34
Check. Decimal check: 0.86602… × 0.86602… = 0.75, and 34 = 0.75. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use SOH CAH TOA as usual, but put in the exact value of sin, cos or tan for the special angle so the answer stays exact.
- Label the sides and choose the ratio. We have the hypotenuse and want the opposite.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers in. The angle is one of the special angles, so use its exact value.sin 60° = x10
sin 60° = √32 - Multiply both sides by 10. x is divided by 10.x = 10 × √32 = 5√3
Check. Decimal check: 10 × sin 60° = 8.66025…, and 5√3 = 8.66025…. ✓
Watch out. If the unknown is on the bottom, dividing by a surd is awkward. Flip the exact value instead and multiply.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Look for the exact value √22 in the cos row of the table of exact values. The angle in that column is the answer.
- Write the equation. We know the exact value of cos x.cos x = √22
- Look along the cos row. Check each angle until the value matches. The values in the row are 1, √32, √22, 12, 0.cos 45° = √22
- Write the angle. An acute angle in a right-angled triangle is between 0° and 90°.x = 45°
Check. Calculator: cos−1(0.70710…) = 45°. ✓
Watch out. This is an exact answer, so give it as a whole number of degrees, not a rounded decimal.
Watch out
Do not confuse the two special values: sin 30° = ½ but sin 60° = √3÷2 (about 0.87). A quick check: sin gets bigger as the angle gets bigger, so sin 60° must be bigger than sin 30°. Also, tan 45° = 1 exactly, and tan 90° has no value.Exercise 20I Exact values of trigonometric ratios
Non-calculatorKey words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 30° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = √3, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 30° angle).
- Write the ratio for sin. SOH: sin = opposite ÷ hypotenuse.sin 30° = 12
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.sin 30° = 12
Check. Calculator: sin 30° = 0.5 and the exact value is 0.5. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 60° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = √3, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 60° angle).
- Write the ratio for cos. CAH: cos = adjacent ÷ hypotenuse.cos 60° = 12
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.cos 60° = 12
Check. Calculator: cos 60° = 0.5 and the exact value is 0.5. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 45° we use the right-angled isosceles triangle with two sides of length 1 (the hypotenuse is √2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = √2 (for the 45° angle).
- Write the ratio for tan. TOA: tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 45° = 11
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.tan 45° = 1
Check. Calculator: tan 45° = 1 and the exact value is 1. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. For 0° and 90° picture the right-angled triangle getting thinner and thinner, and read off the ratio.
- Picture the triangle. The angle is 90°, so the triangle is squashed upright. The adjacent side shrinks to length 0 and the opposite side becomes as long as the hypotenuse.Take hypotenuse 1. For 90°: opposite = 1, adjacent = 0.
- Write the ratio for sin. sin = O ÷ Hsin 90° = 11 = 1
- Write the answer. sin 90° = 1
Check. Calculator: sin 90° = 1. ✓
Watch out. tan 90° has no value: a calculator shows an error.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. For 0° and 90° picture the right-angled triangle getting thinner and thinner, and read off the ratio.
- Picture the triangle. The angle is 0°, so the triangle is squashed flat. The opposite side shrinks to length 0 and the adjacent side becomes as long as the hypotenuse.Take hypotenuse 1. For 0°: opposite = 0, adjacent = 1.
- Write the ratio for cos. cos = A ÷ Hcos 0° = 11 = 1
- Write the answer. cos 0° = 1
Check. Calculator: cos 0° = 1. ✓
Watch out. tan 90° has no value: a calculator shows an error.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. For 0° and 90° picture the right-angled triangle getting thinner and thinner, and read off the ratio.
- Picture the triangle. The angle is 0°, so the triangle is squashed flat. The opposite side shrinks to length 0 and the adjacent side becomes as long as the hypotenuse.Take hypotenuse 1. For 0°: opposite = 0, adjacent = 1.
- Write the ratio for tan. tan = O ÷ Atan 0° = 01 = 0
- Write the answer. tan 0° = 0
Check. Calculator: tan 0° = 0. ✓
Watch out. tan 90° has no value: a calculator shows an error.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 60° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = √3, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 60° angle).
- Write the ratio for sin. SOH: sin = opposite ÷ hypotenuse.sin 60° = √32
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.sin 60° = √32
Check. Calculator: sin 60° = 0.86602… and the exact value is 0.86602…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 30° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = √3, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 30° angle).
- Write the ratio for cos. CAH: cos = adjacent ÷ hypotenuse.cos 30° = √32
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.cos 30° = √32
Check. Calculator: cos 30° = 0.86602… and the exact value is 0.86602…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 45° we use the right-angled isosceles triangle with two sides of length 1 (the hypotenuse is √2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = √2 (for the 45° angle).
- Write the ratio for sin. SOH: sin = opposite ÷ hypotenuse.sin 45° = 1√2
- Rationalise the denominator. We do not leave a square root on the bottom. Multiply the top and the bottom by √2.1√2 = 1 × √2√2 × √2 = √22
Check. Calculator: sin 45° = 0.70710… and the exact value is 0.70710…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 60° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = √3, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 60° angle).
- Write the ratio for tan. TOA: tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 60° = √31
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.tan 60° = √3
Check. Calculator: tan 60° = 1.73205… and the exact value is 1.73205…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 45° we use the right-angled isosceles triangle with two sides of length 1 (the hypotenuse is √2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = √2 (for the 45° angle).
- Write the ratio for cos. CAH: cos = adjacent ÷ hypotenuse.cos 45° = 1√2
- Rationalise the denominator. We do not leave a square root on the bottom. Multiply the top and the bottom by √2.1√2 = 1 × √2√2 × √2 = √22
Check. Calculator: cos 45° = 0.70710… and the exact value is 0.70710…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 30° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = √3, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 30° angle).
- Write the ratio for tan. TOA: tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 30° = 1√3
- Rationalise the denominator. We do not leave a square root on the bottom. Multiply the top and the bottom by √3.1√3 = 1 × √3√3 × √3 = √33
Check. Calculator: tan 30° = 0.57735… and the exact value is 0.57735…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Find the angle in the triangle, then read the opposite and adjacent sides.
- Find the 60° angle. The 60° angle is at the end of the side of length 1.For 60°: opposite = √3, adjacent = 1
- Use TOA. tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 60° = √3 ÷ 1 = √3
Check. Calculator: tan 60° = 1.73205… and √3 = 1.73205…. ✓
Watch out. Check which angle you are standing at before reading off the sides.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Look for the exact value 12 in the sin row of the table of exact values. The angle in that column is the answer.
- Write the equation. We know the exact value of sin x.sin x = 12
- Look along the sin row. Check each angle until the value matches. The values in the row are 0, 12, √22, √32, 1.sin 30° = 12
- Write the angle. An acute angle in a right-angled triangle is between 0° and 90°.x = 30°
Check. Calculator: sin−1(0.5) = 30°. ✓
Watch out. This is an exact answer, so give it as a whole number of degrees, not a rounded decimal.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Look for the exact value √22 in the cos row of the table of exact values. The angle in that column is the answer.
- Write the equation. We know the exact value of cos x.cos x = √22
- Look along the cos row. Check each angle until the value matches. The values in the row are 1, √32, √22, 12, 0.cos 45° = √22
- Write the angle. An acute angle in a right-angled triangle is between 0° and 90°.x = 45°
Check. Calculator: cos−1(0.70710…) = 45°. ✓
Watch out. This is an exact answer, so give it as a whole number of degrees, not a rounded decimal.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Look for the exact value √3 in the tan row of the table of exact values. The angle in that column is the answer.
- Write the equation. We know the exact value of tan x.tan x = √3
- Look along the tan row. Check each angle until the value matches. The values in the row are 0, √33, 1, √3, undefined.tan 60° = √3
- Write the angle. An acute angle in a right-angled triangle is between 0° and 90°.x = 60°
Check. Calculator: tan−1(1.73205…) = 60°. ✓
Watch out. This is an exact answer, so give it as a whole number of degrees, not a rounded decimal.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Look for the exact value √33 in the tan row of the table of exact values. The angle in that column is the answer.
- Write the equation. We know the exact value of tan x.tan x = √33
- Look along the tan row. Check each angle until the value matches. The values in the row are 0, √33, 1, √3, undefined.tan 30° = √33
- Write the angle. An acute angle in a right-angled triangle is between 0° and 90°.x = 30°
Check. Calculator: tan−1(0.57735…) = 30°. ✓
Watch out. This is an exact answer, so give it as a whole number of degrees, not a rounded decimal.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.sin 30° = 12
cos 60° = 12 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.sin 30° + cos 60° = 12 + 12
- Work it out exactly. To add fractions, give them the same denominator, then add the tops.12 + 12 = 1
Check. Decimal check: 0.5 + 0.5 = 1, and 1 = 1. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.cos 45° = √22
sin 45° = √22 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.cos 45° × sin 45° = √22 × √22
- Work it out exactly. To multiply fractions, multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms. Then simplify.√22 × √22 = 12
Check. Decimal check: 0.70710… × 0.70710… = 0.5, and 12 = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.tan 45° = 1
sin 30° = 12 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.tan 45° − sin 30° = 1 − 12
- Work it out exactly. To subtract fractions, give them the same denominator, then subtract the tops.1 − 12 = 12
Check. Decimal check: 1 − 0.5 = 0.5, and 12 = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.sin 60° = √32
cos 60° = 12 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.sin 60° ÷ cos 60° = √32 ÷ 12
- Work it out exactly. To divide by a fraction, multiply by its reciprocal (flip it). Then simplify.√32 ÷ 12 = √3
Check. Decimal check: 0.86602… ÷ 0.5 = 1.73205…, and √3 = 1.73205…. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use SOH CAH TOA as usual, but put in the exact value of sin, cos or tan for the special angle so the answer stays exact.
- Label the sides and choose the ratio. We have the hypotenuse and want the opposite.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers in. The angle is one of the special angles, so use its exact value.sin 30° = x8
sin 30° = 12 - Multiply both sides by 8. x is divided by 8.x = 8 × 12 = 4
Check. Decimal check: 8 × sin 30° = 4, and 4 = 4. ✓
Watch out. If the unknown is on the bottom, dividing by a surd is awkward. Flip the exact value instead and multiply.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use SOH CAH TOA as usual, but put in the exact value of sin, cos or tan for the special angle so the answer stays exact.
- Label the sides and choose the ratio. We have the hypotenuse and want the adjacent.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers in. The angle is one of the special angles, so use its exact value.cos 30° = y8
cos 30° = √32 - Multiply both sides by 8. y is divided by 8.y = 8 × √32 = 4√3
Check. Decimal check: 8 × cos 30° = 6.92820…, and 4√3 = 6.92820…. ✓
Watch out. If the unknown is on the bottom, dividing by a surd is awkward. Flip the exact value instead and multiply.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use SOH CAH TOA as usual, but put in the exact value of sin, cos or tan for the special angle so the answer stays exact.
- Label the sides and choose the ratio. We have the hypotenuse and want the opposite.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers in. The angle is one of the special angles, so use its exact value.sin 60° = h6
sin 60° = √32 - Multiply both sides by 6. h is divided by 6.h = 6 × √32 = 3√3
Check. Decimal check: 6 × sin 60° = 5.19615…, and 3√3 = 5.19615…. ✓
Watch out. If the unknown is on the bottom, dividing by a surd is awkward. Flip the exact value instead and multiply.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Use SOH CAH TOA as usual, but put in the exact value of sin, cos or tan for the special angle so the answer stays exact.
- Label the sides and choose the ratio. We have the opposite and want the hypotenuse.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers in. The angle is one of the special angles, so use its exact value.sin 45° = 4x
sin 45° = √22 - Rearrange for x. x is on the bottom, so multiply by x and divide by sin 45°.x = 4 ÷ √22 = 4 × √2
- Simplify. Multiply and rationalise if there is a square root on the bottom.x = 4√2
Check. Decimal check: 4 ÷ sin 45° = 5.65685…, and 4√2 = 5.65685…. ✓
Watch out. If the unknown is on the bottom, dividing by a surd is awkward. Flip the exact value instead and multiply.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Write the triangle’s sides in terms of 1, √3 and 2, then compare with what Eve has done.
- Find sin 30°. The 30° angle has opposite side 1 and hypotenuse 2 in the special triangle.sin 30° = 1 ÷ 2 = ½
- Check Eve’s idea. Eve says sin 60° = 2 × sin 30°. Work out both sides.Left: sin 60° = √3 ÷ 2
Right: 2 × sin 30° = 2 × ½ = 1 - Compare. The two sides are different numbers.√3 ÷ 2 is about 0.866, and this is not 1, so Eve is wrong.
Check. Calculator: sin 60° = 0.86602…, but 2 × sin 30° = 1. ✓
Watch out. Doubling the angle does not double the sine. The graph of sin is a curve, not a straight line.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Work out each side exactly and compare them.
- Left-hand side. Use the exact values of sin 45° and cos 45°.sin 45° + cos 45° = √22 + √22 = √2
- Right-hand side. sin 90° is in the table.sin 90° = 1
- Compare. √2 is about 1.414, which is not 1.The statement is not true.
Check. Calculator: sin 45° + cos 45° = 1.41421…, and sin 90° = 1. ✓
Watch out. Trig functions do not work like multiplication: sin(a + b) is not sin a + sin b.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Use the exact values of sin 60°, sin 30° and cos 30°.
- Left-hand side. Write the exact value of sin 60°.sin 60° = √3 ÷ 2
- Right-hand side. Write the exact values of sin 30° and cos 30° and multiply.2 × sin 30° × cos 30° = 2 × ½ × √3÷2 = 1 × √3÷2 = √3 ÷ 2
- Conclusion. Both sides are equal.So sin 60° = 2 sin 30° cos 30°.
Check. Calculator: sin 60° = 0.86602… and 2 sin 30° cos 30° = 0.86602…. ✓
Watch out. In a “show that” question, work each side out separately and then say they are equal.
Chapter summary
| Skill | Method |
|---|---|
| Hypotenuse (Pythagoras) | Add the squares of the two shorter sides, then square root: c = √(a2 + b2) |
| Shorter side (Pythagoras) | Subtract the squares: a = √(c2 − b2) |
| Is a triangle right-angled? | Does (short)2 + (short)2 = (longest)2? If equal, yes |
| Distance between two points | Horizontal and vertical steps are the shorter sides; d2 = (x step)2 + (y step)2 |
| Isosceles and equilateral triangles | Split down the middle: half the base, the height, the slanting side make a right-angled triangle |
| Label the sides | Hypotenuse is opposite the right angle; opposite is across from θ; adjacent is next to θ |
| SOH CAH TOA | sin θ = O÷H, cos θ = A÷H, tan θ = O÷A |
| Find a side with trigonometry | Label, choose the ratio, write the equation, rearrange (unknown on top: multiply, on the bottom: divide), calculate (degree mode) |
| Find an angle with trigonometry | Write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse: θ = sin−1, cos−1 or tan−1 |
| Elevation and depression | Measured from the horizontal; the angle of depression from the top equals the angle of elevation from the bottom (alternate angles) |
| Bearings | Clockwise from north, three figures; back bearing = bearing ± 180°; east = d sin b, north = d cos b |
| Exact values | sin 30° = ½, sin 45° = √2÷2, sin 60° = √3÷2; cos is the reverse; tan 30° = √3÷3, tan 45° = 1, tan 60° = √3 |
| Sine rule (Higher) | a÷sin A = b÷sin B = c÷sin C; needs a matching pair; check for the obtuse angle |
| Cosine rule (Higher) | a2 = b2 + c2 − 2bc cos A; for SAS and SSS; cos A = (b2 + c2 − a2) ÷ 2bc |
| Area of a triangle (Higher) | Area = ½ ab sin C (C is between sides a and b) |
| 3D problems (Higher) | Find right-angled triangles, draw them flat; angle between a line and a plane = angle with its shadow |
Can you…?
- I can use Pythagoras’ theorem to find the hypotenuse and a shorter side.
- I can decide whether a triangle is right-angled and recognise Pythagorean triples.
- I can solve problems with coordinates and with isosceles and equilateral triangles using Pythagoras.
- I can label the opposite, adjacent and hypotenuse from any angle.
- I can use sin, cos and tan to find a side, including when the unknown is on the bottom.
- I can use sin−1, cos−1 and tan−1 to find an angle.
- I can solve problems with angles of elevation and depression and with bearings.
- I know the exact values of sin, cos and tan for 0°, 30°, 45°, 60° and 90°.
- Higher: I can use the sine rule, including the ambiguous case.
- Higher: I can use the cosine rule to find a side or an angle.
- Higher: I can find the area of a triangle with ½ ab sin C.
- Higher: I can solve 3D problems and problems that combine several rules.
Key terms
- Hypotenuse
- The longest side of a right-angled triangle, opposite the right angle.
- Pythagoras’ theorem
- In a right-angled triangle, a2 + b2 = c2, where c is the hypotenuse.
- Pythagorean triple
- Three whole numbers a, b, c with a2 + b2 = c2, such as 3, 4, 5.
- Opposite
- The side across from the angle θ, not touching it.
- Adjacent
- The side next to the angle θ that is not the hypotenuse.
- Sine, cosine, tangent
- The ratios O÷H, A÷H and O÷A of a right-angled triangle.
- Inverse function
- sin−1, cos−1, tan−1: turns a ratio back into an angle.
- Angle of elevation
- The angle upwards from the horizontal to a line of sight.
- Angle of depression
- The angle downwards from the horizontal to a line of sight.
- Bearing
- A direction measured clockwise from north, written with three figures.
- Exact value
- An answer left as a fraction or surd, not as a rounded decimal.
- Rationalise
- Remove a square root from the bottom of a fraction by multiplying top and bottom by it.
- Sine rule
- a÷sin A = b÷sin B = c÷sin C (Higher).
- Cosine rule
- a2 = b2 + c2 − 2bc cos A (Higher).
- Included angle
- The angle between two given sides.
- Space diagonal
- A line joining opposite corners of a cuboid through the inside of the solid.
- Projection (shadow)
- The shadow of a line on a plane, used to find the angle between a line and a plane.
Exercise 20Z Check-up (non-calculator)
Non-calculatorKey words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 6 cm and 8 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
62 + 82 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.62 = 6 × 6 = 36
82 = 8 × 8 = 64 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring.x = √100 = 10 cm
Check. The hypotenuse must be the longest side: 10 is bigger than 6 and 8. Also 62 + 82 = 100 = 102. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 13 cm. The other known side = 12 cm. The side we want is x.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
x2 + 122 = 132 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.122 = 12 × 12 = 144
132 = 13 × 13 = 169
x2 + 144 = 169 - Subtract 144 from both sides. We want x2 on its own. Taking 144 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.x2 = 169 − 144 = 25
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2.x = √25 = 5 cm
Check. Put it back: 52 + 122 = 25 + 144 = 169 = 132. ✓ And 5 is shorter than the hypotenuse 13.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 9, 12, 15. Longest = 15 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.92 + 122 = 81 + 144 = 225
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.152 = 225
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.225 = 225. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. Here 3, 4, 5 is a smaller triple and every side has been multiplied by 3. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 7 − 1 = 6, so the step is 6
Vertical: 9 − 1 = 8, so the step is 8 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √100 = 10
Check. 6, 8, 10 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 36 + 64 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 16 ÷ 2 = 8 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 17 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 82 = 172
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 289 − 64 = 225
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √225 = 15 cm
- Use area of a triangle = ½ × base × height. The base is the whole base, not the half. Use the exact height from the calculator to avoid rounding errors.Area = ½ × 16 × 15 = 120
- Write the area with its units. Area is measured in square units. The answer is exact, so no rounding is needed.Area = 120 cm2
Check. Another way: two small triangles each have area ½ × 8 × 15 = 60.00; doubling gives 120.00, matching 120. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite side is across from θ. The adjacent side is the remaining one, next to θ.
- Find the right angle and the hypotenuse. The right angle is marked with a square. The hypotenuse is the side that does not touch it.Right angle at A, so the hypotenuse is BC.
- Find the opposite side. θ is at B. The opposite side is across the triangle from B, so it does not touch B.The side that does not touch B is AC, so the opposite is AC.
- Find the adjacent side. The adjacent side is next to θ (it touches B) and it is not the hypotenuse.The side left over that touches B is AB, so the adjacent is AB.
Check. Every side has exactly one name. The three names are different. ✓
Watch out. Opposite and adjacent change if you change the angle. The hypotenuse never changes.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, choose the ratio, then write it with the numbers. We do not solve it here.
- Label the sides. Opposite: across from the angle. Adjacent: next to it. Hypotenuse: opposite the right angle.7 cm is the adjacent. x is the hypotenuse.
- Choose the ratio. The two sides used decide it.CAH stands for Cos, Adjacent, Hypotenuse:
cos θ = AH (A = adjacent, H = hypotenuse) - Write the equation. Replace θ with 48°, A with the adjacent and H with the hypotenuse.cos 48° = 7x
Check. The side on the top of the fraction is the one named first in SOH, CAH or TOA. ✓
Watch out. The unknown can be on the top or the bottom of the fraction. Put each side in its own place.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.sin 30° = 12
cos 60° = 12 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.sin 30° + cos 60° = 12 + 12
- Work it out exactly. To add fractions, give them the same denominator, then add the tops.12 + 12 = 1
Check. Decimal check: 0.5 + 0.5 = 1, and 1 = 1. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Key words. A bearing is measured clockwise from north. The back bearing is the bearing for the return journey.
Method. The back bearing differs by 180°. Add 180° because 65° is less than 180°.
- Decide whether to add or subtract. Bearings are between 000° and 360°.65° is less than 180°, so add 180°.
- Work it out. Write the answer with three figures.065° + 180° = 245°
Check. 245 − 65 = 180. ✓
Watch out. Draw a north line at each point.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 45° we use the right-angled isosceles triangle with two sides of length 1 (the hypotenuse is √2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = 1, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = √2 (for the 45° angle).
- Write the ratio for tan. TOA: tan = opposite ÷ adjacent.tan 45° = 11
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.tan 45° = 1
Check. Calculator: tan 45° = 1 and the exact value is 1. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Draw the special triangle for the angle, label the sides with exact lengths, then write the ratio.
- Use the special triangle. For 60° we use half of an equilateral triangle of side 2 (sides 1, √3 and 2). These triangles give exact side lengths.Opposite = √3, adjacent = 1, hypotenuse = 2 (for the 60° angle).
- Write the ratio for sin. SOH: sin = opposite ÷ hypotenuse.sin 60° = √32
- Simplify. Check whether the fraction can be written more simply.sin 60° = √32
Check. Calculator: sin 60° = 0.86602… and the exact value is 0.86602…. They match. ✓
Watch out. You can learn the table, but if you forget a value you can always rebuild it from the two triangles.
Total 38 marks. Allow about 38 minutes.
Exercise 20X Exam-style questions
Non-calculatorKey words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find the hypotenuse, square the two shorter sides, add them, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is the side opposite the right angle (the little square) and it is the longest side. The side we want, x, is the one opposite the right angle, so it is the hypotenuse. We know the two shorter sides.Shorter sides: 6.5 cm and 9.2 cm.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. For a right-angled triangle, (shorter side)2 + (shorter side)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
6.52 + 9.22 = x2 - Square each short side. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.6.52 = 6.5 × 6.5 = 42.25
9.22 = 9.2 × 9.2 = 84.64 - Add the two squares. This gives x2, the square of the hypotenuse.x2 = 42.25 + 84.64 = 126.89
- Take the square root. We want x, not x2. The square root undoes the squaring. Use the √ button on the calculator.x = √126.89 = 11.26454……
- Round to 1 d.p.. The question tells us how accurate to be.x = 11.3 cm
Check. Square the answer: 11.32 = 127.69, which is close to 126.89. The hypotenuse 11.3 is longer than both 6.5 and 9.2. ✓
Watch out. For the hypotenuse you add the squares. Do not stop at x2: the last step is the square root.
Marks. 1 mark for 6.52 + 9.22 = 126.89, 1 mark for the answer 11.3.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. To find a shorter side, square the hypotenuse and the known side, subtract, then take the square root.
- Spot the hypotenuse. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle and is the longest side. This time it is given, and we are looking for one of the two shorter sides.Hypotenuse = 7.5 m. The other known side = 2.1 m. The side we want is h.
- Write down Pythagoras’ theorem and put the numbers in. The hypotenuse is always the one on its own on the right-hand side: (shorter)2 + (shorter)2 = (hypotenuse)2.a2 + b2 = c2
h2 + 2.12 = 7.52 - Square the known numbers. Squaring means multiplying the number by itself.2.12 = 2.1 × 2.1 = 4.41
7.52 = 7.5 × 7.5 = 56.25
h2 + 4.41 = 56.25 - Subtract 4.41 from both sides. We want h2 on its own. Taking 4.41 away from both sides keeps the equation balanced.h2 = 56.25 − 4.41 = 51.84
- Take the square root. We want h, not h2.h = √51.84 = 7.2 m
Check. Put it back: 7.22 + 2.12 = 51.84 + 4.41 = 56.25 = 7.52. ✓ And 7.2 is shorter than the hypotenuse 7.5.
Watch out. When you are finding a shorter side you subtract. A shorter side must always be smaller than the hypotenuse; if your answer is bigger, you added by mistake.
Marks. 1 mark for squaring both lengths, 1 mark for subtracting (56.25 − 4.41), 1 mark for the answer 7.2 m.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. Square all three sides. If (short)2 + (short)2 equals (longest)2, the triangle has a right angle.
- Find the longest side. If the triangle is right-angled, the longest side must be the hypotenuse, so it goes on its own on one side of the equation.Sides in order: 11, 60, 61. Longest = 61 cm.
- Square the two shorter sides and add. This is the left-hand side of Pythagoras’ theorem.112 + 602 = 121 + 3600 = 3721
- Square the longest side. This is the right-hand side.612 = 3721
- Compare the two answers. If they are equal, Pythagoras’ theorem works, so the triangle is right-angled. If not, it is not.3721 = 3721. They are equal, so the triangle is right-angled.
Check. Sides that fit Pythagoras’ theorem are called a Pythagorean triple. This triple cannot be made smaller, so it is a basic one. ✓
Watch out. Add the squares of the two shorter sides and compare with the square of the longest side. Do not add the longest side by mistake.
Marks. 1 mark for 112 + 602, 1 mark for 612, 1 mark for comparing and stating the conclusion.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring.
Method. The distance between two points is the hypotenuse of a right-angled triangle whose shorter sides are the horizontal and vertical steps between them.
- Draw a right-angled triangle between the two points. The line from one point to the other is the hypotenuse. The two shorter sides are the horizontal step and the vertical step.Horizontal step across, vertical step up or down.
- Find the horizontal and vertical steps. Subtract the x-coordinates, then subtract the y-coordinates. Only the size of each step matters, so ignore any minus sign.Horizontal: 4 − (−2) = 6, so the step is 6
Vertical: −5 − 3 = −8, so the step is 8 - Use Pythagoras’ theorem. The distance d is the hypotenuse.d2 = 62 + 82 = 36 + 64 = 100
- Take the square root. We want d, not d2.d = √100 = 10
Check. 6, 8, 10 fits a Pythagorean triple pattern: 36 + 64 = 100. ✓
Watch out. Subtract the coordinates in the same order for x and y. A negative step is fine: squaring removes the minus sign.
Marks. 1 mark for the steps 6 and 8, 1 mark for 36 + 64, 1 mark for the answer 10.
Key words. The hypotenuse is the longest side of a right-angled triangle; it is always opposite the right angle. Squaring a number means multiplying it by itself. The square root (√) undoes squaring. An isosceles triangle has two equal sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle into two right-angled triangles, then use Pythagoras’ theorem.
- Draw the line of symmetry from the top to the middle of the base. In an isosceles triangle this line is the perpendicular height. It cuts the base in half and splits the triangle into two identical right-angled triangles.Half the base = 14 ÷ 2 = 7 cm
- Pick one right-angled triangle. Its hypotenuse is the slanting side, 25 cm. Its shorter sides are the half-base and the height h.h2 + 72 = 252
- Square and subtract. We are finding a shorter side, so we subtract.h2 = 625 − 49 = 576
- Take the square root. The height is h, not h2.h = √576 = 24 cm
- Use area of a triangle = ½ × base × height. The base is the whole base, not the half. Use the exact height from the calculator to avoid rounding errors.Area = ½ × 14 × 24 = 168
- Write the area with its units. Area is measured in square units. The answer is exact, so no rounding is needed.Area = 168 cm2
Check. Another way: two small triangles each have area ½ × 7 × 24 = 84.00; doubling gives 168.00, matching 168. ✓
Watch out. Use half the base in Pythagoras’ theorem, but the whole base in the area formula.
Marks. 1 mark for using half the base 7, 1 mark for the height 24, 1 mark for the area 168.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.14.5 cm is the hypotenuse.
x is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the hypotenuse and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 28° = x14.5
- Multiply both sides by 14.5. x is being divided by 14.5. Multiplying both sides by 14.5 gets x on its own.x = 14.5 × sin 28°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 28°, then finish the calculation.sin 28° = 0.46947…
x = 14.5 × 0.46947… = 6.80733… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.x = 6.8 cm
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 28° = 62°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: x = 14.5 × cos 62° = 6.80733…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Marks. 1 mark for sin 28° = x ÷ 14.5, 1 mark for the answer 6.8.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.9.2 cm is the opposite.
13.5 cm is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 9.213.5 = 0.68148…
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(9.213.5) = tan−1(0.68148…) = 34.27370…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 34.3°
Check. Work forwards: tan 34.3° = 0.68 and the ratio was 0.68. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Marks. 1 mark for tan x = 9.2 ÷ 13.5, 1 mark for using tan−1, 1 mark for the answer 34.3°.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The angle of elevation is at the observer. The height of the building is opposite and the 40 m on the ground is adjacent.Adjacent = 40 m, opposite = h.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.40 m is the adjacent.
h is the opposite. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the adjacent and the opposite. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 35° = h40
- Multiply both sides by 40. h is being divided by 40. Multiplying both sides by 40 gets h on its own.h = 40 × tan 35°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 35°, then finish the calculation.tan 35° = 0.70020…
h = 40 × 0.70020… = 28.00830… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.h = 28.0 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 35° = 55°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: h = 40 ÷ tan 55° = 28.00830…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the top, so you multiply. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Marks. 1 mark for tan 35° = h ÷ 40, 1 mark for 28.0.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio as a fraction, then use the inverse function to turn the ratio into an angle.
- Use the exact height. Keep the unrounded height from part (a), so the answer is accurate.h = 40 × tan 35° = 28.00830… m
- Draw the new triangle. The observer is now 100 m from the building. The height is opposite and 100 m is adjacent.Opposite = 28.00830…, adjacent = 100.
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle we want. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from the angle and the adjacent is next to it.28.008301528388387 m is the opposite.
100 m is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We know the opposite and the adjacent, so we use the ratio that contains both. Use SOH CAH TOA.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Write the sides as a fraction (top = opposite, bottom = adjacent).tan x = 28.008301528388387100 = 0.28008…
- Use the inverse function tan−1. We know the value of tan x and want the angle. The inverse button (SHIFT or 2ndF, then tan) turns the ratio back into an angle.x = tan−1(28.008301528388387100) = tan−1(0.28008…) = 15.64665…°
- Round to 1 d.p. Give the angle to the accuracy asked, with the degree sign.x = 15.6°
Check. Work forwards: tan 15.6° = 0.28 and the ratio was 0.28. They agree. ✓
Watch out. To find an angle use the inverse button (tan−1), not tan. Do not round the ratio before pressing the inverse button.
Marks. 1 mark for tan x = 28.0… ÷ 100, 1 mark for 15.6°.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The ship’s journey makes a right-angled triangle. Use Pythagoras for the distance and tan for the bearing.
- Distance. The shorter sides are 15 km and 8 km.152 + 82 = 225 + 64 = 289, so distance = √289 = 17 km
- Angle from north. East is 15 and north is 8. At the start the angle between north and the line to the ship has opposite = 15, adjacent = 8.tan x = 158 = 1.875
x = 61.92751…° - Bearing. Write three figures, to the nearest degree.Bearing = 062°
Check. The ship is further east than north, so the bearing should be between 045° and 090°. 062° fits. ✓
Watch out. East before north: the bearing is from north, so use opposite = east.
Marks. 1 mark for 82 + 152, 1 mark for 17, 1 mark for tan−1(15 ÷ 8), 1 mark for 062°.
Key words. An exact value is written with fractions and square roots (surds) instead of a rounded decimal. To rationalise a fraction means to remove the square root from the bottom by multiplying the top and bottom by that square root.
Method. Replace each trigonometric ratio by its exact value, then work out the answer using fractions and surds.
- Write down each exact value. Use the table or the special triangles. Do not use decimals.sin 60° = √32
tan 30° = √33 - Put them into the calculation. Replace each trig value by its exact value.sin 60° × tan 30° = √32 × √33
- Work it out exactly. To multiply fractions, multiply the tops and multiply the bottoms. Then simplify.√32 × √33 = 12
Check. Decimal check: 0.86602… × 0.57735… = 0.5, and 12 = 0.5. ✓
Watch out. Keep surds and fractions. Writing 0.866 for √3 ÷ 2 gives an approximate answer, which does not score full marks in an exact question.
Marks. 1 mark for each correct exact value, and the product 12.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The pole is vertical, so the pole, the ground and the wire form a right-angled triangle. The wire is the hypotenuse. The pole height 9.6 m is opposite the 40° angle.O = 9.6 m, wire = L (H).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.9.6 m is the opposite.
L is the hypotenuse. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the hypotenuse. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.SOH stands for Sin, Opposite, Hypotenuse:
sin θ = OH (O = opposite, H = hypotenuse) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.sin 40° = 9.6L
- Multiply both sides by L. L is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by L brings it to the top.L × sin 40° = 9.6
- Divide both sides by sin 40°. This leaves L on its own.L = 9.6sin 40° = 9.6 ÷ sin 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find sin 40°, then finish the calculation.sin 40° = 0.64278…
L = 9.6 ÷ 0.64278… = 14.93494… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.L = 14.9 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use cos: L = 9.6 ÷ cos 50° = 14.93494…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Marks. 1 mark for sin 40° = 9.6 ÷ L, 1 mark for 14.9 m.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Label the sides, pick SOH, CAH or TOA, write the ratio with the numbers, then rearrange to get the unknown side.
- Draw the right-angled triangle. The distance on the ground from the foot of the pole to the peg is next to the 40° angle: it is adjacent. The pole height 9.6 m is opposite.O = 9.6 m, ground distance = d (A).
- Label the sides. Stand at the angle θ. The hypotenuse is opposite the right angle. The opposite is across from θ and the adjacent is next to θ.9.6 m is the opposite.
d is the adjacent. - Choose the ratio. We use the ratio that contains the two sides involved: the opposite and the adjacent. Use SOH CAH TOA to pick it.TOA stands for Tan, Opposite, Adjacent:
tan θ = OA (O = opposite, A = adjacent) - Put the numbers into the ratio. Replace θ with the angle and the sides with the lengths.tan 40° = 9.6d
- Multiply both sides by d. d is on the bottom of the fraction. Multiplying by d brings it to the top.d × tan 40° = 9.6
- Divide both sides by tan 40°. This leaves d on its own.d = 9.6tan 40° = 9.6 ÷ tan 40°
- Use the calculator (degree mode). First find tan 40°, then finish the calculation.tan 40° = 0.83909…
d = 9.6 ÷ 0.83909… = 11.44083… - Round to 1 d.p.. Give the answer to the accuracy asked, with the unit.d = 11.4 m
Check. The other acute angle is 90° − 40° = 50°. From that angle the opposite and adjacent sides swap, so we use tan: d = 9.6 × tan 50° = 11.44083…, the same answer. ✓
Watch out. Check your calculator is in degree mode (DEG). The unknown is on the bottom, so you divide. A quick check: the hypotenuse must be the longest side.
Marks. 1 mark for tan 40° = 9.6 ÷ d, 1 mark for 11.4 m.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. Split the isosceles triangle down the middle. Each half is a right-angled triangle with a 35° angle and a base of 4.5 m.
- Half the span. The roof is symmetrical, so the height cuts the 9 m span in half.9 ÷ 2 = 4.5 m
- Height. The height is opposite the 35° angle and 4.5 m is adjacent. TOA.tan 35° = h4.5, so h = 4.5 × tan 35° = 3.15093…
h = 3.15 m
Check. The height must be less than the rafter: 3.15 < 5.49. ✓
Watch out. Use half the span with the base angle.
Marks. 1 mark for 4.5, 1 mark for tan 35° = h ÷ 4.5, 1 mark for 3.15 m.
Key words. In a right-angled triangle the hypotenuse is the longest side (opposite the right angle). Measured from the angle θ: the opposite side is directly across from θ, and the adjacent side is next to θ (it is not the hypotenuse). A trigonometric ratio compares two of the sides.
Method. The rafter is the hypotenuse of the right-angled half-triangle. We know the adjacent side (4.5 m) and the angle, so use cos.
- Choose the ratio. The adjacent (4.5 m) and the hypotenuse (r) make CAH.cos 35° = 4.5r
- Rearrange. r is on the bottom, so multiply by r and then divide by cos 35°.r = 4.5 ÷ cos 35° = 4.5 ÷ 0.81915… = 5.49348…
r = 5.49 m
Check. Pythagoras: √(4.52 + 3.15093…2) = √30.17838… = 5.49348…. ✓
Watch out. When the unknown is on the bottom, you divide.
Marks. 1 mark for cos 35° = 4.5 ÷ r, 1 mark for 5.49 m.